© Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards

Totally Integrated Power – SIVACON

Catalogue Edition
LV 56 2015

siemens.com/lowvoltage
 © Siemens AG 2015

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Air circuit breakers • Molded case circuit breakers • Miniature circuit
Electrical Installation Technology breakers • Residual current protective devices / AFDDs • Fuse systems •
Overvoltage protection devices • Switch disconnectors • Switching
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA devices • Transformers, power supply units and socket outlets • Busbar
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring systems • Measuring devices and power monitoring • Monitoring devices
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems • Software • Switchboards • Busbar trunking systems • System cubicles,
system lighting and system air-conditioning • Distribution boards •
E86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600 Molded-plastic distribution systems • 8WH2 spring-loaded terminals

Standard-Compliant Components LV 11 Products for the DC side • Products for the AC side • Measuring
for Photovoltaic Systems and monitoring devices • Distribution systems and system
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA cubicles • Terminal blocks

E86060-K8270-A101-A2-7600

Electrical Components for the LV 12 Miniature circuit breakers • Residual current protective
Railway Industry devices • Fuse systems • Switch disconnectors • Switching
SENTRON • ALPHA • DELTA devices • ALPHA FIX terminal blocks • DELTA profil • Medium-
Voltage components

E86060-K1812-A101-A1-7600

SIVACON LV 50 System overview • Frame • Enclosure • Expansion •

System Cubicles, System Lighting and Preconfigured cubicles • Special cubicles •
System Air-Conditioning SIVACON 8MF/8MR system lighting • SIVACON 8MR system
air-conditioning

PDF (E86060-K1920-A101-A7-7600)

SIVACON S4 LV 56 Frame and enclosure • Busbar systems • Assembly kits •

Power Distribution Boards Internal separation • ALPHA modular installation system •
Accessories • SIVACON 8MF/8MR system lighting •
SIVACON 8MR system air-conditioning

E86060-K1856-A101-A3-7600

DVD Online

Products for Automation and Drives CA 01 Catalog PDF

Interactive Catalog, DVD

Internet:
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600 www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:

www.siemens.com/industrymall

Trademarks Technical Support

All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert advice on technical questions with a
product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. wide range of demand-optimized services
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their for all our products and systems.
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark
owners. Further information about low-voltage power distribu-
tion and electrical installation is available on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
© Siemens AG 2015

Totally Integrated Power – SIVACON Introduction

1

Frame and Enclosure

2

Busbar Systems
3

Assembly Kits
4
SIVACON S4
Internal Separation
Catalogue LV 56 · 2015 5
Supersedes:
Catalogue LV 56 · 2014

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this
catalogue: 6
www.siemens.com/industrymall

© Siemens AG 2015

Accessories
7

SIVACON 8MF/8MR
8
SIVACON 8MF/8MR

System Lighting

SIVACON 8MR
System Air-Conditioning 9
The products and systems listed in this
catalogue are developed and manufactured
using a certified quality management system
in accordance with EN ISO 9001:2008.
Appendix
10
 © Siemens AG 2015

Totally Integrated Power

We bring power to the point –
safely and reliably.
Efficient, reliable, safe: These are the demands placed on electrification and especially
power distribution. And our answer – for all application areas of the energy system –
is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). It’s based on our comprehensive range of products,
systems, and solutions for low and medium voltage, rounded out by our support
throughout the entire lifecycle – from planning with our own software tools to installation,
operation, and services.

Smart interfaces allow linking to industrial or building automation, making it possible to fully
exploit all the optimization potential of an integrated solution. This is how we provide our
customers around the world with answers to their challenges. With highly efficient, reliable,
and safe power distribution, we lay the foundation for sustainable infrastructure and cities,
Comprehensive answers for
power distribution in complex buildings, and industrial plants. We bring power to the point – wherever and whenever it is
energy systems – from Siemens needed.

More information: www.siemens.com/tip

2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Totally Integrated Power offers more:

• Consistency:
For simplified plant engineering and commissioning as well as smooth integration into automation solutions
for building or production processes
• One-stop-shop:
A reliable partner with a complete portfolio for the entire process and lifecycle – from the initial idea
to after-sales service
• Safety:
A comprehensive range of protection components for personnel safety and line and fire protection,
safety by means of type testing
• Reliability:
A reliable partner who works with customers to develop long-lasting solutions that meet the highest
quality standards
• Efficiency:
Bringing power to the point means greater plant availability and maximum energy efficiency in
power distribution
• Flexibility:
End-to-end consistency and modular design of Totally Integrated Power for any desired expansions and
adaptation to future requirements
• Advanced technology:
Reliable power distribution especially for applications in which supply is critical, continuous refinement of
the technology

Challenges are our speciality

Automation

Operation Load Load Forecast Mainte- Status Protocols Power Cost

Process/ & manage- curves nance reporting/ Quality center
Industrial Monitoring ment failure man- Building
automation agement automation

PROFINET PROFIBUS ... Industrial Ethernet Modbus

Electrification

Renewables

Storage Medium-voltage switchgear Transformer Low-voltage switchboard Low-voltage

technologies and protection technology with protection and measuring distribution
technology

≤ 110 kV

Products, systems and solutions

Consulting, Engineering Order, Installation, Operation Service,

planning delivery commissioning modernization

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3
 © Siemens AG 2015

The right one for everyone Sustainability in focus

Our portfolio includes switchboards, As a worldwide leader in the provision of

distribution boards, protection, switching, high-quality, standard-compliant
measuring and monitoring devices, products and systems for low-voltage
switches and socket outlets. All over the power distribution, we contribute to the
world, the universality, modularity and sustainable and responsible handling of
intelligence of our components and electrical energy. With our integrated
systems give you innumerable benefits – portfolio which ranges from power supply
all the time they are in use. With products and distribution, short-circuit and
developed according to the respective overload protection through to power
international standards, we offer forward- monitoring, we support the implementa-
looking design with innovative functions tion of environmentally friendly energy
while ensuring the highest quality concepts based on wind power,
standards worldwide. photovoltaics, intelligent buildings and
electromobility.

4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Universal, safe and

intelligent power distribution

Whether in industrial plants, in infrastructure or in

buildings: every technical plant depends on the reliable

supply of electricity. Our products provide a safe, reliable

and efficient electrical infrastructure at the medium and

low-voltage levels. Our components reliably protect

against accidents, faults and fires caused by electrical

installations and allow consumers to utilize electrical

power in a sustainable, responsible manner.

We are happy to help you with comprehensive support

from the initial information gathering stage through to

operation.

Everything for power distribution Excellent support

Consistent solutions are required for As a competent and reliable partner, we

electrical power distribution in buildings. also offer you comprehensive support –
Our answer is Totally Integrated Power from the initial information gathering
(TIP). TIP stands for innovative products, stage, through planning, configuring and
systems and software tools which ensure ordering up to commissioning, operation
the safe and reliable distribution of and technical support. We know the
electric power. They are supplemented by needs of your working environment and
circuit breakers and modules with your daily business. This enables us to
communication capability which connect offer you flexible and high quality
the power distribution system to the support, allowing you to concentrate on
building automation or industrial automa- your customers and their needs.
tion solutions. These in turn can be linked
to a comprehensive energy management
system which contributes to optimizing
the consumption of electricity, hence
lowering the costs of operation.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5
 © Siemens AG 2015

IE3 ready

Ambitious climate targets in Europe demand increasingly

energy-efficient components.

As from January 2015, the energy-efficiency class IE3 will be

mandatory, with a few exceptions only, for three-phase asyn-
chronous motors. This will have an effect on motors, low-voltage
power distribution and electrical installation technology, as well
as industrial controls.

This will apply as from:

• January 1, 2015 for motors ranging from 7.5 kW to 375 kW
• January 1, 2017 for motors ranging from 0.75 kW to 375 kW
Are you
IE3 ready?
With the 3VA and 3VL molded case circuit breakers and the
components of the SIRIUS modular system you are excellently
equipped for the current generation of motors.
You can find more information on IE3 at:
www.siemens.com/IE3ready
and in the "Configuration Manual for SIRIUS Controls with IE3
Motors" at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/94770820

6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Technical Support

The Technical Support for low-voltage power distribution and electrical

installation technology assists you with all your technical queries about

our products and systems – both before and after delivery.

Still have Co
nfig
u r at i o n
Or
de
Competent and fast
specialist support with:
questions? g r
in

in
nn

g
• Product selection
Pla

Our experts will help you

with competent Technical sioning •
•
Old/new conversion
Competitor conversion
I nf or m

specialist support Support • Special versions

• Special requirements
mis
at i o

• Commissioning
m
n

Co

Se • Issues during operation

r vi
ce n
Operatio

I201_19185
Get all the information you need – with just one click

Technical Support – fast online access to the latest

information (Service and Support)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support
In Product Support you will find FAQs, manuals, certificates,
applications and tools, etc.

Support Request – the quickest route to the experts

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
You can put your question directly to our Technical Support
team using the Support Request Form in Online Support.

Conversion tool – the easy and efficient way of finding

successor products
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/conversion-tool

The benefits for you

• Response within 4 hours in 93% of cases
• Global support for external and internal customers
as well as regional support

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 7
 © Siemens AG 2015

Get all the information you need – with just

one click

LV Explorer – Discover
SENTRON
Protection, Switching, Measuring Low Voltage in 3D
and Monitoring Devices
Get comprehensive and
specific information
about our products using
Catalog LV 10 • 2015: SENTRON •
SIVACON • ALPHA (English)
our 3D animations, trail-
ers and technical infor-
SIVACON
Switchboards and
mation.
Busbar Trunking Systems

Infrastructure

Industry
3VA Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ALPHA
Distribution Systems
and Terminal Blocks

Photovoltaik

Windenergy Support Last viewed

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/lv-explorer
I201_19157

Always at your service

– every step of the way
We offer comprehensive
support, from planning
and configuration to
operation.

Information Planning/Orders Operation/Service Training

– Internet – Industry Mall – Technical Support – SITRAIN Portal

– Information and – Configurations – Siemens Industry
Download Center – SIMARIS Software Tools Online Support
– Newsletter – CAx Download
– Picture Database Manager
– My Documentation
Manager
– Support Request

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
I201_19079

8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 1
© Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

1
1/2 System overview

1/5 Technical specifications

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

System overview
1 ■ Overview

Internal covers Modular doors

I201_18891

Frame panelling Section door Glass door

SIVACON S4 is a switchgear and controlgear system with design Panelling for control elements
verification according to IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2, for The front panelling can be realised in different ways depending
infrastructural power supply applications in administrative and on customers' wishes. Section doors can be additionally fitted
utility buildings, in industrial and service sector facilities, as well with internal covers. In this variant, the devices installed are
as in public buildings such as schools and hospitals. The con- covered for protection against electric shock hazard even when
cept of the SIVACON S4 low-voltage power distribution board is the door is open. Frame panelling elements enable direct
characterised by a high level of personal and machine safety. access to control elements.
SIVACON S4 low-voltage power distribution boards are con- It is also possible to create a separate compartment with modu-
structed according to a modular design system. Thanks to the lar doors for each device. Thanks to the various systems,
use of requirement-based, standardised and series-produced SIVACON S4 can be adapted flexibly to customers' needs.
assembly kits and the wide range of possible combinations of-
fered by SIVACON S4 modular technology, all needs in connec-
tion with low-voltage power distribution can be optimally met.

1/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

System overview
System Online support via Industry Mall 1
SIVACON S4 is a system of low-voltage power distribution Can be contacted at
boards for indoor use, panelled on four sides by sheet steel, www.siemens.com/industrymall
suitable for self-standing or wall-mounted installation.
Components for which copper drawings are available in the
Industry Mall are marked with the following symbol:

Cu

Online support via Industry Mall:

www.siemens.com/industrymall
keyword "SIVACON"

I201_18858
Certificates Copper drawings Mounting instructions Image database Catalogue

Online support via Industry Mall

Program overview

3WL

Modular
3VT 3NJ4 ALPHA – DIN 19" racks
devices

3VL 3KL 3NP1 3NJ6 Mounting plate Corner section

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 1/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

System overview
1 ■ Benefits
Features at a glance
q
i

• Controlgear assembly design-verified in accordance with

IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2
• High flexibility and simple implementation
• Attractive design, innovative ventilation and closing system
• Copper drawings for users' own production of connection
modules
• Online support via Industry Mall
www.siemens.com/industrymall
• Colour RAL 7035
• Doors with universal stop
• Degree of protection IP30, IP31, IP40, IP41 and IP55
• Busbar systems up to 4000 A, Icw up to 100 kA (1 s),
Ipk up to 220 kA
• Internal separation form 1, 2, 3 and 4
• Easy design and configuration with the
SIMARIS CFB software tool
• RoHS-compliant
Construction and testing modalities
Switchgear engineers must observe the manufacturer's
construction and mounting instructions when constructing and
mounting the low-voltage switchboard.
The installation and individual testing of the low-voltage boards
must be performed according to IEC 61439-1/2 and
EN 61439-1/2.

Innovative busbar concept

The phases of the main busbar always

consist of several sub-conductors. This
results in the following advantages for
the user
• Mounting mostly without the need to
drill holes
• Increased current carrying capacity
• Lower use of copper
• Simplified handling of one or more
cubicles

1/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

Technical specifications

■ Overview
1
Standards and regulations Design-verified low-voltage switchgear and IEC 61439-1/2
controlgear assembly EN 61439-1/2
Internal separation 1, 2b, 3b, 4b
Rated operating voltage (Ue) Up to 690 V
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Main busbar air clearance
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Up to 12 kV
Main busbar creepage distance
Pollution degree 3
Material group II
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
Rated current (In) Rated current Up to 4000 A
of (3-pole and 4-pole) busbar system Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) Up to 220 kA
Main busbars Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) Up to 100 kA, 1s
Main busbar arcing fault testing Rated utilisation voltage 400 V
in accordance with IEC 61641 Rated short-time alternating current 50 kA
Length of internal arc 100 ms
Length of internal arc with barrier 300 ms
Surface treatment
Frame components, interior components Sendzimir-galvanised Min. 20 µm
Enclosure parts Epoxy polyester resin RAL 7035
Iron phosphating
Thickness of coating Min. 70 µm
Insulation class According to IEC 61140, EN 61140 I
Degree of protection According to IEC 60529, EN 60529
Ventilated IP30, IP31, IP40, IP41
Non-ventilated IP55
Resistance to mechanical impacts According to IEC 62262, Paragraph 9.6
IK08 Front frame with quick-closing covers
IK09 Top plate
IK10 Door, side panel, rear panel
Additional static loads on frame components
Front frame Swivel 1.0 kg
Fixed 5.0 kg
Cover With quick-closing screws, height 50-300 mm 0.5 kg
With quick-closing screws, height 350-550 mm 1.0 kg
With quick-closing screws, height 600-800 mm 2.0 kg
Inner door 2.5 kg
Section door/double door Width 400 mm, 600 mm 10.0 kg
Width 800 mm 5.0 kg
Width 1000 mm, 1200 mm 2.5 kg
Modular door Height 150-200 mm 0.5 kg
Height 250-350 mm 1.5 kg
Height 400-800 mm 3.0 kg
Outer cover 10.0 kg
Max. construction weight 1200 kg
According to IEC 62208, Paragraph 9.3, 9.4, type tested with static load by lifting a frame
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature1) ≤ 35 °C
Installation altitude ≤ 2000 m
Sheet steel thicknesses • Frame 2.5 mm
• Enclosure 1.5 mm
• Covers 1.0 mm
Dimensions
Exterior dimensions Height in mm 2000
Width in mm 350, 400, 600, 800, 850, 1000, 1200
Depth in mm 400, 600, 800
Hole pattern in frame acc. to DIN 43660 In mm 25
Base Height in mm 100, 200
1)
Observe correction factors for other ambient temperatures and installation
altitudes.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 1/5

 © Siemens AG 2015

Introduction

Notes
1

1/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 2
© Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
2/2 Without main busbar
2/4 Main busbar at top
2/6 Main busbar at bottom
2/8 Main busbar at rear 2
2/10 Frame accessories
2/11 Corner sections

Enclosure
2/13 Panelling sections
2/21 Internal covers
2/23 Modular doors

2/26 Mechanical dimensions

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Without main busbar

■ Overview
Features
Standardised grid dimensions 1 Frame

2 • Frame divisions: possible every 200 mm 4 2 Bottom plate partition

• Assembly kits: 400, 600 and 800 mm crossbar

3 Interior side upright
• Cable compartments: 200, 400 mm
5 4 Section division
• Vertical busbar: 200, 400 mm
5 Exterior intermediate
upright
Equipment height for assembly kits: 1800 mm

I201_18882
1 2

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Frame
Height: 2000 mm
Width in mm Depth in mm
400 400 8PQ1204-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1204-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1204-8BA01 1 unit
600 400 8PQ1206-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1206-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1206-8BA01 1 unit
800 400 8PQ1208-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1208-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1208-8BA01 1 unit
1000 400 8PQ1201-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1201-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1201-8BA03 1 unit
1200 400 8PQ1202-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1202-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1202-8BA02 1 unit

% Bottom plate partition crossbars

For width 600 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm Quantity
400 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit
600 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA40 1 unit
800 2 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Without main busbar

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

& Interior side uprights

2
• For width from 400 to 1200 mm
• For depth from 600 to 800 mm
• Not required for depth 400
Depth in mm
600 8PQ3000-0BA03 1 unit
800

( Section division
• Not required for depth 400
Depth in mm
600 8PQ3000-1BA36 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-1BA37 1 unit

) Exterior intermediate uprights 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 unit

For fitting
• Outer covers
• Section doors
• Modular doors

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/3
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at top

■ Overview
Frame divisions in a grid size of 200 mm are possible.
Features 1 Frame

2 Standardised section widths 2 Bottom plate partition

crossbar
• Frame divisions: possible every 200 mm
4 3 Interior side upright
• Assembly kits: 400, 600 and 800 mm
4 Section division
• Cable compartments: 200, 400 mm 5 5 Exterior intermediate
• Vertical busbar: 200, 400 mm upright

Equipment height for assembly kits: 1600 mm

3

I201_18881
1 2

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Frame
Height: 2000 mm
Width in mm Depth in mm
400 400 8PQ1204-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1204-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1204-8BA01 1 unit
600 400 8PQ1206-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1206-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1206-8BA01 1 unit
800 400 8PQ1208-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1208-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1208-8BA01 1 unit
1000 400 8PQ1201-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1201-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1201-8BA03 1 unit
1200 400 8PQ1202-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1202-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1202-8BA02 1 unit

% Bottom plate partition crossbars

For width 800 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm Quantity
400 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit
600 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA40 1 unit
800 2 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at top

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

& Interior side uprights

2
For width from 800 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm
400 8PQ3000-0BA65 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA02 1 unit

( Section division
Depth in mm
400 8PQ3000-1BA31 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-1BA32 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-1BA34 1 unit

) Exterior intermediate uprights 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 unit

For fitting
• Outer covers
• Section doors
• Modular doors

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at bottom

■ Overview
Features
Standardised grid dimensions

2 • Frame divisions possible every 200 mm

• Assembly kits: 400, 600, 800 mm
3
• Cable compartments: 400, 600 mm 1 Frame

• Vertical busbar: 200, 400 2 Interior side upright

Equipment height for assembly kits: 1600 mm 3 Section division

4 Exterior intermediate upright

Configuration
Main busbar at bottom conditionally at least form 2b
2
4

I202_29629
1

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Frame
Height: 2000 mm
Width in mm Depth in mm
400 400 8PQ1204-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1204-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1204-8BA01 1 unit
600 400 8PQ1206-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1206-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1206-8BA01 1 unit
800 400 8PQ1208-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1208-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1208-8BA01 1 unit
1000 400 8PQ1201-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1201-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1201-8BA03 1 unit
1200 400 8PQ1202-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1202-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1202-8BA02 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at bottom

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

% Interior side uprights

Depth in mm
400 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit 2
600 8PQ3000-3BA10 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA11 1 unit

& Section division

Depth in mm
400 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-3BA47 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA48 1 unit

( Exterior intermediate uprights 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 unit

For fitting
• Outer covers
• Section doors
• Modular doors

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/7
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at rear

■ Overview
Features
Standardised section widths 1 Frame

2 • Frame divisions: possible every 200 mm 2 Bottom plate partition

• Assembly kits: 400, 600 and 800 mm crossbar

3 Interior side upright
• Cable compartments: 200, 400 mm
• Vertical busbar: 200, 400 mm

I201_18880
1
2

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Frame
Height: 2000 mm
Depth in mm Width in mm
800 400 8PQ1204-8BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1206-8BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1208-8BA01 1 unit
1000 8PQ1201-8BA03 1 unit
1200 8PQ1202-8BA02 1 unit

% Bottom plate partition crossbars

For width 600 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm Quantity
800 2 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Main busbar at rear

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

& Interior side uprights

2
• Equipment height: 1800 mm
• For width from 400 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm
800 8PQ3000-0BA03 1 unit

Section division
Depth in mm
800 8PQ3000-1BA37 1 unit

Exterior intermediate uprights 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 unit

For fitting
• Outer covers
• Section doors
• Modular doors

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/9
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Frame accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

2 Frame reinforcements
• Recommended for frame widths from 1000 mm
8PQ9400-0BA35 1 unit

• 1 set = 2 units

Crossbars
1 set = 2 units
• Frame width
For frame width in mm Crossbar length in mm
400 350 8PQ3000-0BA12 1 unit
600 550 8PQ3000-0BA71 1 unit
800 750 8PQ3000-0BA72 1 unit
1000 950 8PQ3000-0BA84 1/2 units
1200 1150 8PQ3000-0BA85 1/2 units
• Frame depth without side uprights &
For frame depth in mm Crossbar length in mm
400 300 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit
600 500 8PQ3000-1BA24 1/2 units
800 700 8PQ3000-1BA25 1/2 units
• Frame depth with side uprights &
For frame depth in mm Crossbar length in mm
600 300 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit
800
Universal brackets 8MF1000-2CP 10 units
• For mounting expansion elements

Board coupling kits 8PQ1204-4BA05 1 unit

1 set = 6 units including fasteners

Board coupling gasket kits 8PQ1204-4BA04 1 unit

• Scope of delivery: 5.5 m gasket roll
• To maintain IP55 degree of protection

Self-tapping screws
• For use with frame and crossbars

Cylinder-head screws
External diameter × Length in mm
M6 × 10 8PQ9500-0BA34 1 unit
M6 × 16 8PQ9500-0BA32 1 unit
M6 × 20 8PQ9500-0BA31 1 unit
T30 Cap, RAL 7035 8PQ9400-0BA14 1 unit
Countersunk screws
External diameter × Length in mm
T30 M6 × 12 8PQ9500-1BA07 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Corner sections

■ Overview
Features
• Corner section consisting of a standard frame and special 1 Base
conversion kits for corner sections 6

2
2 Corner section conversion kit
• The overall length of the unit's front increases by 100 mm in 3 Bottom plate
both room axes. 4 Frame
• Incl. copper drawing for the main busbar 5 Rear panel
6 Top plate
Configuration
The overall length of the unit's front increases by 100 mm in both
room axes. 5
4

I201_18922a
3

■ Selection and ordering data

A complete configuration comprises a standard frame with
identical width and depth dimensions and the corner section
conversion kit.

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Base corner pieces

Depth in mm Height 100 mm Height 200 mm

400 8PQ1010-0BA04 1 unit 8PQ1024-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1010-0BA05 1 unit 8PQ1026-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1018-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ1028-8BA01 1 unit
% Corner section conversion kits
Incl. copper drawing Cu

Assembly kit
8PQ1200-0BA03 1 unit
& Bottom plates

Depth in mm IP55 IP20

Main busbar Main busbar
at top at bottom
400 8PQ2304-4BA12 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA25 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA27 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-8BA08 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA14 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/11
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Frame
Corner sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.
( Frame
Height: 2000 mm

Depth in mm Width in mm Frame

400 400 8PQ1204-4BA01 1 unit
600 600 8PQ1206-6BA01 1 unit
800 800 8PQ1208-8BA01 1 unit
) Rear panels
Two units required for each corner section

Width in mm IP40 IP55

400 8PQ2420-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ2420-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2420-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-8BA01 1 unit
* Top plates

Depth in mm IP40 IP55 IPX1

400 8PQ2304-4BA10 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA08 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA11 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA10 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA08 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA11 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2308-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2308-8BA07 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

■ Overview

2
5

1 Base 4 Side panel I201_18204b

2 Bottom plate 5 Top plate

3 Rear panel 6 Doors / Alternatively, frame panelling

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/13

 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

2 $ Base corner pieces with front cover

Height in mm Width in mm
100 400 8PQ1014-0BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1016-0BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1018-0BA01 1 unit
1000 8PQ1011-0BA01 1 unit
1200 8PQ1012-0BA01 1 unit

Height in mm Width in mm
200 400 8PQ1024-0BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1026-0BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1028-0BA01 1 unit
1000 8PQ1021-0BA01 1 unit
1200 8PQ1022-0BA01 1 unit

Base covers, side

Height in mm Depth in mm
100 400 8PQ1010-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1010-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1010-8BA01 1 unit

Base reinforcements for transport

Height: 100 mm
Frame width or depth in mm
400 8PQ1014-0BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1016-0BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1018-0BA02 1 unit
1000 8PQ1011-1BA01 1/2 units
1200 8PQ1012-2BA01 1/2 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

2
% Bottom plates
For a frame depth of 800 mm, the bottom plates with a depth of 400 mm are needed twice.

• Main busbar at top

Depth in mm Width in mm Quantity IP55 IP40

cable entry
400 200 8PQ2302-4BA04 1 unit --
400 8PQ2304-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA06 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-4BA04 1 unit --
600 200 8PQ2302-6BA04 1 unit --
400 8PQ2306-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA06 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2308-6BA06 1 unit
800 200 2 × 8PQ2302-4BA04 1 unit --
400 2 × 8PQ2304-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA06 1 unit
600 2 × 8PQ2306-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
800 2 × 8PQ2308-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA06 1 unit
1000 2 × 8PQ2301-4BA04 1 unit --
• Main busbar at bottom

Depth in mm Width in mm IP20

400 400 8PQ2304-4BA14 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-4BA10 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-4BA13 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-4BA06 1 unit
1200 8PQ2302-4BA05 1 unit
600 400 8PQ2304-6BA11 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA16 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-6BA13 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-6BA05 1 unit
1200 8PQ2302-6BA05 1 unit
800 400 8PQ2304-8BA05 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-8BA05 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-8BA10 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-8BA04 1 unit
1200 8PQ2302-8BA04 1 unit
• Main busbar at bottom with cable entry
- In the rear area bottom plates with cable entries are additionally required
- For widths 1000 and 1200 in each case two bottom plates with cable entry
corresponding to section width are required

Depth in mm Width in mm Depth 400 Depth 400

For cable entry Cable entry
800 400 8PQ2304-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-8BA11 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA06 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-8BA05 1 unit --
1200 8PQ2302-8BA05 1 unit --

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/15
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

& Rear panels

2

Width in mm IP40 IP55

400 8PQ2420-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ2420-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2420-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-8BA01 1 unit
1000 8PQ2420-1BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-1BA01 1 unit
1200 8PQ2420-2BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-2BA01 1 unit
( Side panels
1 set = 2 units

Depth in mm IP55 IP40

with design strip
400 8PQ2520-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2520-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ2520-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2520-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2520-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2520-8BA01 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.

2
) Top plates

Depth in mm Width in mm IP40 IPX1 IP55 IP40

upgrade cable entry
400 400 8PQ2304-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2304-4BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA03 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2308-4BA03 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2301-4BA03 1 unit 8PQ2301-4BA01 1 unit --
1200 8PQ2302-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2302-4BA03 1 unit 8PQ2302-4BA01 1 unit --
600 400 8PQ2304-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2304-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2304-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2304-6BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA03 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2308-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2308-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2308-6BA03 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2301-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2301-6BA01 1 unit --
1200 8PQ2302-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2302-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2302-6BA01 1 unit --
800 400 8PQ2304-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2304-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2304-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2304-8BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA03 1 unit
800 8PQ2308-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2308-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2308-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2308-8BA03 1 unit
1000 8PQ2301-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2301-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2301-8BA01 1 unit --
1200 8PQ2302-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2302-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2302-8BA01 1 unit --

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/17
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.

2 * Doors with two-way interlocking system

Hinge position Width in mm IP40 IP55 IP55

with window
Left 400 8PQ2197-4BA08 1 unit 8PQ2197-4BA05 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA06 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA10 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA10 1 unit
1000 8PQ2197-1BA06 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA03 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA10 1 unit
Right 400 8PQ2197-4BA11 1 unit 8PQ2197-4BA10 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA13 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA14 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA13 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA12 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA14 1 unit
1000 8PQ2197-1BA18 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA17 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA20 1 unit
Doors with rotary handle
• Semi-cylindrical profile acc. to DIN 18252/18254, 8 × 45°
• Suitable for installing locks, see Accessories from page 7/3
onwards
• In area in which untrained persons operate, only in conjunction
with internal covers or lock

Hinge position Width in mm IP40 IP55 IP55

with window
Left 400 8PQ2197-4BA06 1 unit 8PQ2197-4BA03 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA07 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA07 1 unit
1000 8PQ2197-1BA07 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA04 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA11 1 unit
Right 400 8PQ2197-4BA07 1 unit 8PQ2197-4BA04 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA08 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2197-8BA08 1 unit
1000 8PQ2197-1BA08 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA05 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA12 1 unit
Outer covers
Covering for cable compartment or vertical busbar

Hinge position Width in mm IP40 IP55

Without hinge 200 8PQ2197-2BA15 1 unit 8PQ2197-2BA14 1 unit
400 8PQ2197-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2197-4BA01 1 unit
Frame panelling
Only in conjunction with internal covers

Hinge position Width in mm IP30

Without hinge 600 8PQ2197-6BA11 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA11 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
Accessories
Flat cylinder/two-way interlocking mechanisms
Versions
• Rotary handles with flat cylinder 8PQ9400-0BA07 1 unit
2
- identical key type
- including key

• Rotary handles with two-way interlocking mechanism 8PQ9400-0BA08 1 unit

• Coupling bars 8PQ9400-0BA27 1 unit

• Locking rods 8PQ9400-0BA37 1 unit

• Bar guides 8PQ9400-0BA36 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/19
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
Semi-cylindrical profiles
Versions

2 • Rotary handles with semi-cylindrical profile 8PQ9400-0BA41 1 unit

• Coupling bars 8PQ9400-0BA28 1 unit

• Locking rods 8PQ9400-0BA38 1 unit

• Bar guides 8PQ9400-0BA36 1 unit

• Semi-cylindrical profiles 8PQ9400-0BA26 1 unit

- acc. to DIN 18252/18254
- 8 × 45° adjustable
- identical key type (key number 333)
- including key

Door hinges 8PQ9400-0BA55 1/2 units

1 set = 2 units

Cubicle keys 8PQ9400-0BA12 1 unit

• 3 mm double bit
• 1 pack = 10 units

Inner door struts 8PQ2197-0BA10 1 unit

• For use with section doors
• Height 1975 mm

Cubicle ID plates 8PQ9400-0BA06 1 unit

• SIVACON designed by Siemens

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Internal covers

■ Overview
Configuration 1 Front frame, fixed
• Can be combined with section doors and glass doors and 2 Ventilated covers
also frame panelling
2
1 3 Measuring instrument covers
2
• Internal covers not available in combination with module 4 Blanking covers
doors
3

I201_18366b
■ Selection and ordering data
Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

Front frame internal covers

$ Without main busbar
Equipment height: 1800 mm

Width in mm Fixed Swivel

600 8PQ2000-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2000-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2000-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2000-8BA01 1 unit
Main busbar at top
Equipment height: 1600 mm

Width in mm Fixed Swivel

600 8PQ2000-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2000-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2000-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2000-8BA02 1 unit
Covers
% Covers, ventilated

Height Width
mm mm
100 600 8PQ2010-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2010-8BA02 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/21
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Internal covers

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

& Measuring instrument covers

2 72 × 72 mm

22.5 mm

Height Width Cut-out Cut-out

2 measuring instru- 4 measuring instru-
mm mm ments, 2 selectors ments, 1 selector
200 600 8PQ2020-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2020-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2020-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2020-8BA02 1 unit
96 × 96 mm

22.5 mm

Height Width Cut-out Cut-out

2 measuring instru- 4 measuring instru-
mm mm ments, 2 selectors ments, 1 selector
400 600 8PQ2040-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2040-6BA03 1 unit
800 8PQ2040-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2040-8BA03 1 unit
( Blanking covers

Height Width Blanking covers

mm mm
50 600 8PQ2005-6BA01 1 unit
100 8PQ2010-6BA01 1 unit
150 8PQ2015-6BA02 1 unit
200 8PQ2020-6BA01 1 unit
250 8PQ2025-6BA01 1 unit
300 8PQ2030-6BA01 1 unit
350 8PQ2035-6BA01 1 unit
400 8PQ2040-6BA01 1 unit
500 8PQ2050-6BA01 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-6BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ2060-6BA01 1 unit
650 8PQ2065-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-6BA01 1 unit
50 800 8PQ2005-8BA01 1 unit
100 8PQ2010-8BA01 1 unit
150 8PQ2015-8BA02 1 unit
200 8PQ2020-8BA01 1 unit
250 8PQ2025-8BA01 1 unit
300 8PQ2030-8BA01 1 unit
350 8PQ2035-8BA01 1 unit
400 8PQ2040-8BA01 1 unit
500 8PQ2050-8BA01 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-8BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ2060-8BA01 1 unit
650 8PQ2065-8BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-8BA01 1 unit
Accessories
Hinges for cover 8GK9120-0KK11 10 units
• hinge position: left / right
• 1 pack = 10 units

1/4 turn screws 8PQ9400-0BA54 1/20 units

• 1 pack = 20 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Modular doors

■ Overview
Configuration
• Modular doors cannot be combined with internal covers 1 Head compartment
cover / door

2
• For load capacity of doors, see Technical specifications
on page 1/5. 2 Modular door
1
3 Base compartment cover
4 IP55 upgrade

2
4

I201_18210e
3

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

Panelling for main busbar

$ Head compartment covers

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 225 8PQ2022-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2022-4BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2022-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2022-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2022-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2022-8BA02 1 unit
Head compartment doors

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 225 8PQ2022-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2022-4BA03 1 unit
725 8PQ2072-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2070-4BA06 1 unit
600 225 8PQ2022-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2022-6BA02 1 unit
725 8PQ2072-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2070-6BA11 1 unit
800 225 8PQ2022-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2022-8BA02 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/23
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Modular doors

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

Compartment panelling
2 % Modular doors

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 150 8PQ2015-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2015-4BA05 1 unit
200 8PQ2020-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2020-4BA03 1 unit
250 8PQ2025-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2025-4BA02 1 unit
300 8PQ2030-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2030-4BA02 1 unit
350 8PQ2035-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2035-4BA02 1 unit
400 8PQ2040-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2040-4BA03 1 unit
450 8PQ2045-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2045-4BA02 1 unit
500 8PQ2050-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2050-4BA02 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-4BA11 1 unit 8PQ2055-4BA07 1 unit
600 8PQ2060-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2060-4BA03 1 unit
650 8PQ2065-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2065-4BA02 1 unit
700 8PQ2070-4BA07 1 unit 8PQ2070-4BA08 1 unit
750 8PQ2072-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2075-4BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2080-4BA04 1 unit
600 150 8PQ2015-6BA10 1 unit 8PQ2015-6BA12 1 unit
200 8PQ2020-6BA14 1 unit 8PQ2020-6BA15 1 unit
250 8PQ2025-6BA07 1 unit 8PQ2025-6BA08 1 unit
300 8PQ2030-6BA10 1 unit 8PQ2030-6BA12 1 unit
350 8PQ2035-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2035-6BA13 1 unit
400 8PQ2040-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2040-6BA13 1 unit
450 8PQ2045-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2045-6BA06 1 unit
500 8PQ2050-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2050-6BA04 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2055-6BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2060-6BA06 1 unit 8PQ2060-6BA07 1 unit
650 8PQ2065-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2065-6BA04 1 unit
700 8PQ2070-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2070-6BA04 1 unit
750 8PQ2075-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2075-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2080-6BA04 1 unit
800 150 8PQ2015-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2015-8BA07 1 unit
200 8PQ2020-8BA07 1 unit 8PQ2020-8BA08 1 unit
250 8PQ2025-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2025-8BA05 1 unit
300 8PQ2030-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2030-8BA06 1 unit
350 8PQ2035-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2035-8BA07 1 unit
400 8PQ2040-8BA12 1 unit 8PQ2040-8BA13 1 unit
450 8PQ2045-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2045-8BA04 1 unit
500 8PQ2050-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2050-8BA04 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2055-8BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2060-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2060-8BA05 1 unit
650 8PQ2065-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2065-8BA04 1 unit
700 8PQ2070-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2070-8BA02 1 unit
750 8PQ2075-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2075-8BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2080-8BA04 1 unit
Modular covers

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 50 8PQ2005-4BA03 1 unit 8PQ2005-4BA01 1 unit
100 8PQ2010-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2010-4BA01 1 unit
600 50 8PQ2005-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2005-6BA03 1 unit
100 8PQ2010-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2010-6BA03 1 unit
800 50 8PQ2005-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2005-8BA03 1 unit
100 8PQ2010-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2010-8BA03 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Enclosure
Modular doors

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

Panelling for PE bar

& Base compartment covers
• Compartment height base compartment = cover height + 25 mm floor clearance 2

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 150 8PQ2015-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2015-4BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2000-6BA07 1 unit 8PQ2015-6BA13 1 unit
800 8PQ2000-8BA07 1 unit 8PQ2015-8BA08 1 unit
Base compartment doors
• Compartment height base compartment = door height + 25 mm floor clearance

Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

mm mm
400 700 8PQ2070-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2070-4BA05 1 unit
600 8PQ2070-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2070-6BA10 1 unit
Accessories
Door hinges 8PQ9400-0BA55 1/2 units
1 set = 2 units

Door lock with two-way interlocking 8PQ9400-0BA40 1 unit

mechanism

ID strips
1 pack = 6 units
Width in mm
400 8PQ5000-3BA42 1/6 units
600 8PQ5000-3BA43 1/6 units
800 8PQ5000-3BA46 1 unit
Inner door struts
• 1 pair = 2 units
Height in mm
400 8PQ2040-0BA06 1 unit
550 8PQ2055-0BA05 1 unit
600/625 8PQ2060-0BA14 1 unit
700/725 8PQ2070-0BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2080-0BA07 1 unit
Cubicle keys 8PQ9400-0BA12 1 unit
• 3 mm double bit
• 1 pack = 10 units

Modular door earthing straps 8PQ9400-0BA15 1/10

1 pack = 10 units units
• Ø = 6 mm²
• Sum of all operating currents of devices installed
in door max. 63 A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/25
 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Mechanical dimensions

■ Overview
Frame

w d h
Width Depth Height
mm mm mm
400 400 2000
600 600
800 800
1000
1200

Floor anchoring of frame without base

d L2 w L1 d L1 w L1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
400 350 400 250 400 350 400 310
600 550 600 450 600 550 600 510
800 750 800 650 800 750 800 710
1000 850 1000 910
1200 1050 1200 1110

2/26 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Mechanical dimensions
Base

d L2 w L1
mm mm mm mm
400 350 400 250
600 550 600 450
800 750 800 650
1000 850
1200 1050
Door, rear panel and side panel, with and without design strip

rear panel
25

side panel side panel

with without
d

design strip design strip

door

45 w
25

Top plate upgraded to IPX1

55 55
12

Front view Side view

50

d
w
I201_18244
I201_18243

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/27

 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Mechanical dimensions
Top plate with cable entry

Article No. Depth Width L L1 L2 Position

Min. opening Max. opening Cable entry
mm mm mm mm mm
8PQ2304-4BA03 400 400 265 38 125

8PQ2306-4BA03 600 465 38 125

8PQ2308-4BA03 800 665 38 125

8PQ2304-6BA03 600 400 465 38 125

8PQ2306-6BA03 600 465 38 165

8PQ2308-6BA03 800 665 38 165

8PQ2304-8BA03 800 400 665 38 125

8PQ2306-8BA03 600 665 38 165

8PQ2308-8BA03 800 665 38 165

2/28 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Mechanical dimensions
Bottom plate with cable entry

Article No. Depth Width L L1 L2 Position

Min. opening Max. opening Cable entry
mm mm mm mm mm
8PQ2304-4BA06 400 400 265 38 125

8PQ2306-4BA06 600 465 38 125

8PQ2308-4BA06 800 665 38 125

8PQ2306-4BA06 600 400 465 38 125

8PQ2306-6BA06 600 465 38 165

8PQ2308-6BA06 800 665 38 165

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 2/29

 © Siemens AG 2015

Frame and Enclosure

Mechanical dimensions
Covers

Cover

85,0
Section door or modular door
i201_18286

Modular doors

Position A B C D E F G H I K L
L in mm 170 190 210 229 259 288 294 313 333 330 368

2/30 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 3
© Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

3/2 Main busbars

3/9 Vertical busbars

3/14 Compact busbars

3/16 Busbar connection fasteners

3/18 Mechanical dimensions

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars

■ Overview
Features Configuration
• Appropriate scaling of rated currents, matched to standard • Compatible network configurations TN-C, TN-S, IT and TT
transformers
• Division of the phases into bars enables installation without the
need to drill holes and increased current carrying capacity
• Simplified handling of one or more cubicles
Type Positioning Equipment height Rated current Frame depth Rated impulse
withstand voltage

3 mm A mm
Uimp
kv
Top -- 1600 Up to 3200 400 8

Front 1600 Up to 3200 600 12

1600 Up to 3200 800 12

On two sides 1600 Up to 4000 800 12

Rear -- 1800 Up to 3200 800 8

3/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars
Main busbar at top and bottom
Number of bars per phase Dimensions Rated current In at 35 °C ambient temperature and 500 W power loss per section 1)
Section depth 400 mm Section depth 600 mm Section depth 800 mm
mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55 IP ≤ IP41 IP55 IP ≤ IP41 IP55
2 20 × 10 1190 965 1190 965 1190 965
30 × 10 1630 1310 1630 1310 1630 1310

4 20 × 10 1920 1480 1920 1540 1930 1650

30 × 10
3
2470 1870 2490 1950 2510 2110
40 × 10 3010 2250 3040 2350 3100 2560
50 × 10 3270 2450 3320 2570 3410 2820

2×4 20 × 10 -- -- -- -- 3700 3000

30 × 10 4660 3680

Main busbar at rear

Number of bars per phase Dimensions Rated current In at 35 °C ambient temperature and 500 W power loss per section 1)
Section depth 800 mm
mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55
2 20 × 10 1190 965
30 × 10 1630 1310

4 20 × 10 1930 1650
30 × 10 2510 2110
40 × 10 3100 2560
50 × 10 3410 2820

1)
These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor installation in
accordance with IEC 61439-1, in particular with reference to an ambient
temperature of 35°C (24 h average).

PE bar cross-section depending on the short-circuit current

According to IEC 61439-1, dimensioning of the PE bar cross-
section equal to 25 % of the phase conductor cross-section is
also permitted.
Number of bars per phase Dimensions Rated short-time current Icw
(1 s current, rms value)
mm kA
2 20 × 5 65
30 × 5 85
40 × 5 100
30 × 10 100

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars
Number of reinforcements as a function of short-circuit currents
• The number of reinforcements depends on the size of the short-circuit currents and the section widths.
• Refer to the SIVACON S4 manual for a calculation of distances.
Busbar size Section width Number of reinforcements as a function of Ipk, Icw and section width
Number of bars Dimensions Icw = 25 kA Icw = 35 kA Icw = 50 kA Icw = 65 kA Icw = 85 kA Icw = 100 kA
per phase Ipk = 52.5 kA Ipk = 73.5 kA Ipk = 105 kA Ipk = 143 kA Ipk = 187 kA Ipk = 220 kA
mm mm
2 20 × 10 350 0 0 -- -- -- --
400 0 0
600 0 0
800 1 1

3 850
1000
1
1
1
1
1200 2 2
30 × 10 350 -- 0 0
400 0 0
600 0 1
800 1 1
850 1 1
1000 1 2
1200 2 2
4 20 × 10 350 0 0 0
400 0 0 0
600 0 0 1
800 1 1 2
850 1 1 2
1000 2 2 3
1200 2 2 3
30 × 10 350 0 0 0 0
400 0 0 0 0
600 0 0 1 1
800 1 1 2 2
850 1 1 2 2
1000 2 2 3 3
1200 2 2 3 3
40 × 10 350 -- 0 0 0 0
400 0 0 0 0
600 0 0 1 1
800 1 1 2 2
850 1 1 2 2
1000 1 1 3 3
1200 2 2 3 4
50 × 10 350 0 0 0 0
400 0 0 0 0
600 0 0 1 1
800 1 1 2 2
850 1 1 2 2
1000 1 1 3 3
1200 2 2 3 4
2 × 41) 20 × 10 350 -- 0 0 0
400 0 0 0
600 1 1 1
800 2 2 2
850 2 2 2
1000 3 3 3
1200 4 4 4
30 × 10 350 0 0 0
400 0 0 0
600 1 1 1
800 2 2 2
850 2 2 2
1000 3 3 3
1200 4 4 4
1)
The number of reinforcements applies to a main busbar system. Since the 3700 A and 4000 A main busbar system is made up of two systems, the number of
reinforcements to be ordered must be doubled.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2

I201_18205
Single-section transport unit Multi-section transport unit

1 Main busbar holder

2 Reinforcement

3/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars
Features
1 Busbar holders
• Compatible busbar profiles
2 Reinforcements
20 × 10 3 2 3 Connecting bar kit
30 × 10
40 × 10 4 Connecting lugs for main
50 × 10 busbars
4
1 5 PE bar

Configuration
Number of required reinforcements % as a function of frame
widths and rated short-time withstand current.
3

I201_18207a
5

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Busbar cross-section Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
mm × mm
Main busbar at top
$ Busbar holders 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA04 1 unit
• Up to 3200 A 30 × 10
• With PE bar connection to frame 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

Busbar holders 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA60 1 unit

• > 3200 A 30 × 10
• With PE bar connection to frame 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

% Reinforcements 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA37 1 unit

30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10

& Connecting bar kits -- 8PQ4000-0BA62 1 unit

• For busbar holders >3200
• Without fasteners

( Connecting lugs 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA53 1 unit

Cu
• For L1, L2, L3, N or PEN 30 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA54 1 unit
• 1 set = 4 units 40 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA56 1 unit
50 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA57 1 unit

Frame earth PEN -- 8PQ4000-0BA12 1 unit

• For earthing the frame with PEN systems
• One PEN jumper is needed for each frame
• Without fasteners
• 1 pack = 10 units

Internal arc barriers 20 × 10 8PQ9400-0BA21 1/2 units

• Arcing duration on the main busbar up to 300 ms. 30 × 10
• One needed for each side panel 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars
Main busbar at bottom
Features
1 Busbar holder
• Compatible busbar profiles
2 Reinforcement
20 × 10
3 Connecting bar kit
30 × 10
40 × 10 4 Cover
50 × 10 6 5 MBB connecting lugs

7 6 PE bar
7 PE connecting lugs
• Up to 3200 A rated current

3 Configuration
• Main busbar at bottom conditionally at least form 2b
• Number of required reinforcements % as a function of frame
widths and rated short-time withstand current.
4

2
5
1

I20
2_
29
63
4

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Busbar cross-section Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
mm × mm
Main busbar at bottom
$ Busbar holders 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA04 1 unit
• Up to 3200 A 30 × 10
• With PE bar connection to frame 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

Busbar holders 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA60 1 unit

• > 3200 A 30 × 10
• With PE bar connection to frame 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

% Reinforcements 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA37 1 unit

30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10

& Connecting bar kits -- 8PQ4000-0BA62 1 unit

• For busbar holders >3200
• Without fasteners

( Covers -- 8PQ4000-1BA25 1 unit

• For connecting bar kits
• One cover per conductor

) Connecting lugs 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA53 1 unit

Cu
• For L1, L2, L3, N or PEN 30 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA54 1 unit
• 1 set = 4 units 40 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA56 1 unit
50 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA57 1 unit

Frame earth PEN -- 8PQ4000-0BA12 1 unit

• For earthing the frame with PEN systems
• One PEN jumper is needed for each frame
• Without fasteners
• 1 pack = 10 units

Upgrade for arcing fault protection 20 × 10 8PQ9400-0BA21 1/2 units

• Needed for arcing duration of between 100 ms and 30 × 10
300 ms. 40 × 10
• One needed for each side panel 50 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

3/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars

Configuration Busbar cross-section Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
mm × mm
PE bar
Frame connection -- 8PQ4000-0BA82 1 unit
1 pack = 6 units
Note
The PE bar connection to the frame is included in the
holder kit for the main busbar.

Connecting lugs 20 × 5 8PQ4000-0BA52 1 unit

Cu
• For PE bar 30 × 5
• 1 set = 2 units 30 × 10
40 × 5 8PQ4000-0BA67 1 unit
40 × 10
50 × 10

Holders, insulated 8PQ4000-0BA11 1 unit

1 set = 4 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/7
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Main busbars
Features
1 Busbar holders
• Compatible busbar profiles
2 Reinforcement
20 × 10 3 Connecting lugs
30 × 10
40 × 10 4 Crossbar
50 × 10

Configuration
1
Number of required reinforcements % as a function of frame 2

3
widths and rated short-time withstand current.
3
4

I201_18901
Configuration Busbar cross-section Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
mm × mm
Main busbar at rear
$ Busbar holders 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA04 1 unit
• Up to 3200 A 30 × 10
• With PE bar connection to frame 40 × 10
• 1 set = 2 units 50 × 10

% Reinforcements 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA37 1 unit

Horizontal bar arrangement 30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10

& Connecting lugs 20 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA53 1 unit

Cu
• For L1, L2, L3, N or PEN 30 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA54 1 unit
• 1 set = 4 units 40 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA56 1 unit
50 × 10 8PQ4000-0BA57 1 unit

( Crossbars -- 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit

• Depth 400 mm
• 1 set = 2 crossbars

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

3/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Vertical busbars

■ Overview
Rated currents for vertical distribution busbar, cascaded
The rated short-time withstand current for a vertical distribution installation in accordance with IEC 61439-2, in particular at an
busbar system is determined on the basis of the number of bars ambient temperature of 35°C (24 h average). For different
per phase, cross-section, bar shape and the number of holders. operating conditions, take into account the correction factors
These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor according to the configuration manual.
Number of bars per phase Dimensions Rated current at 35 °C Number of holders per section and system
ambient temperature Icw = 25 kA Icw = 35 kA Icw = 50 kA Icw = 65 kA
mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55 Ipk = 52.5 kA Ipk = 73.5 kA Ipk = 105 kA Ipk = 143 kA
1 30 × 10
40 × 10
910
1100
830
980
4
4
4
4
--
--
--
--
3

2 30 × 10 1520 1330 4 4 4 6
40 × 10 1640 1330 4 4 4 6

2×2 30 × 10 3040 2660 -- -- 2×4 2×4

40 × 10 3280 2660 -- -- 2×4 2×4

Profiled busbar 30 × 30 1280 1060 2 3 4 6

40 × 30 1510 1210 2 3 4 6

2 × profiled busbar 30 × 30 2560 2120 -- -- 2×2 2×3

40 × 30 3020 2420 -- -- 2×2 2×3

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/9

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Vertical busbars
Rated currents for vertical distribution busbar, non-cascaded
The rated short-time withstand current of a non-cascaded verti- These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor
cal distribution busbar system is determined on the basis of the installation in accordance with IEC 60439-2, in particular with
number of bars per phase, cross-section and number of rein- reference to an ambient temperature of 35 °C (24 h average). For
forcements. different operating conditions, take into account the correction
factors according to the configuration manual.
Number of bars per phase Dimen- Rated current at Number of holders per system
sions 35 °C ambient Icw = 25 kA Icw = 35 kA Icw = 50 kA Icw = 65 kA Icw = 85 kA Icw = 100 kA
temperature
Ipk = 52 kA Ipk = 73 kA Ipk = 105 kA Ipk = 143 kA Ipk = 187 kA Ipk = 220 kA
mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55
20 × 10
3
2 1010 830 2 2 -- -- -- --
30 × 10 1360 1110 2 2 3 -- -- --

4 20 × 10 1570 1260 2 2 3 4 -- --
30 × 10 1930 1580 2 2 3 4 4 --
40 × 10 2300 1880 2 2 2 2 4 4
50 × 10 2490 2030 2 2 2 2 4 4

2×4 20 × 10 3140 2520 2 2 3 4 -- --

30 × 10 3860 3160 2 2 3 4 4 --
40 × 10 4600 3760 2 2 2 2 4 4
50 × 10 4980 4060 2 2 2 2 4 4

3/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Vertical busbars

■ Selection and ordering data

Cascaded
Features
1 Busbar holder
• For mounting on main busbar, top
2 MBB support bottom
• Compatible busbar profiles 1
3 Connecting lugs

30 × 30
40 × 30

3
30 × 10
40 × 10
Configuration
• Number of required reinforcements $ depends on rated
short-time withstand current.

3
I202
_ 29 6
30

Assembly kits
Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Cascaded
$ Busbar holders
Compartment width Busbar dimensions
mm mm × mm
200 30 × 30 Profiled busbar 8PQ4000-0BA32 1 unit

30 × 10 Flat copper

40 × 30 Profiled busbar 8PQ4000-0BA63 1 unit

40 × 10 Flat copper

% Copper supports 8PQ4000-1BA23 1 unit

• For main busbar, bottom

& Connecting lugs

Cu
• 1 set = 4 units
• Without screws, washers and nuts
Busbar dimensions Position Frame
Vertical busbar Main busbars depth
mm × mm mm
30 × 30 Right Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA45 1 unit
30 × 10 600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA46 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA50 1 unit
Left Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA73 1 unit
600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA72 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA70 1 unit
40 × 30 Right Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA47 1 unit
40 × 10 600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA48 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA51 1 unit
Left Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA75 1 unit
600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA48 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA71 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/11
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Vertical busbars

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Profiled busbar
• 1 set = 4 units
Busbar dimensions Length
mm × mm mm
30 × 30 1610 8PQ4000-0BA27 1 unit
40 × 30 8PQ4000-0BA26 1 unit
T-head screw

3 • For use with profiled busbar

• 1 pack = 100 units
External diameter × Length in mm
M10 × 25 8PQ9500-0BA01 1 unit
M10 × 35 8PQ9500-0BA02 1 unit
Busbar clamps 8PQ9400-0BA02 1 unit
• For use with flat copper connection
• For M10 screw
• 1 pack = 20 units

Square screws
• For use with busbar clamp
• 1 pack = 50 units
External diameter × Length in mm
M10 × 35 8PQ9500-0BA14 1 unit
M10 × 45 8PQ9500-0BA16 1 unit
M10 × 55 8PQ9500-1BA36 1 unit
M10 × 65 8PQ9500-1BA25 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

3/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Vertical busbars
Non-cascaded
1 Busbar holders
Features 2 Reinforcement
• For mounting on main busbar, top 4 3 Support
• Compatible busbar profiles 4 Connecting lugs
20 × 10 1
30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10

3
Configuration
• Number of required reinforcements % depends on rated
short-time withstand current.
2

I201_18802
3

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Non-cascaded
$ Busbar holders
1 set = 3 units
Compartment width Busbar dimensions
mm mm × mm
200 20 × 10 Flat copper 8PQ4000-0BA77 1 unit
30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10
400 20 × 10 Flat copper 8PQ4000-0BA31 1 unit
30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10
% Reinforcements
Compartment width Busbar dimensions
mm mm × mm
-- 20 × 10 Flat copper 8PQ4000-0BA37 1 unit
30 × 10
40 × 10
50 × 10
& Supports
Compartment width
mm
200 8PQ4000-0BA78 1 unit
400 8PQ4000-0BA61 1 unit

( Connecting lugs
Cu
• 1 set = 4 units
• Without screws, washers and nuts
Busbar dimensions Position of main busbar Frame depth
mm × mm mm
20 × 10 Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA38 1 unit
30 × 10 600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA40 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA43 1 unit
40 × 10 Front 400 8PQ4000-0BA41 1 unit
50 × 10 600, 800 8PQ4000-0BA42 1 unit
Rear 800 8PQ4000-0BA44 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/13
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Compact busbars

■ Overview
Rated current
Number of bars Dimensions Rated current Holder spacing
per phase Icc eff = 5 kA Icc eff = 10 kA Icc eff = 15 kA Icc eff = 20 kA Icc eff = 25 kA
mm A mm mm mm mm mm
1 15 × 5 160 600 400 -- -- --
20 × 5 250 600 600 400 -- --
30 × 5 400 700 700 450 325 300
30 × 10 630 600 400 300 250 --
3 ■ Selection and ordering data
Compact busbar systems, with pole centre distance of 50 mm,
can be used in conjunction with the SIKclip rapid wiring assem- 1 Busbar holders
bly system for modular devices. 3 non-cascaded
2 Crossbars for installation
For compact busbar systems, with pole centre distance of in frame width
60 mm, a wide range of adapters for SIRIUS and 3VL moulded 3 Uprights
case circuit breakers is available together with many other
accessories.

2
3

I201_18803

Compact busbar system, non-cascaded

Compact busbar system with 50 mm pole centre distance
Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Non-cascaded
$ Linear universal busbar holders
• 4-pole
• Rectangular profile
• Height: 200 mm
Busbar dimensions
mm × mm
15 × 5 8GF5762 1 unit
20 × 5
30 × 5
30 × 10 8GF5763 1 unit
% Crossbars
1 set = 2 units
For frame width in mm Crossbar length in mm
400 350 8PQ3000-0BA12 1 unit
600 550 8PQ3000-0BA71 1 unit
800 750 8PQ3000-0BA72 1 unit
1000 950 8PQ3000-0BA84 1/2 units
1200 1150 8PQ3000-0BA85 1/2 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

3/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Compact busbars

1 Busbar holders
cascaded
2 Crossbars for installation
in frame depth
3 Uprights
3

2 3

I201_18206a
Compact busbar system, cascaded
Compact busbar system with 50 mm pole centre distance
Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Cascaded
$ Linear universal busbar holders
• 4-pole
• Rectangular profile
• Height: 200 mm
Busbar dimensions
mm × mm
15 × 5 8GF5760 1 unit
20 × 5
30 × 5
30 × 10 8GF5761 1 unit
% Crossbars
1 set = 2 units
• Frame depth without uprights
For frame depth in mm Crossbar length in mm
400 300 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit
600 500 8PQ3000-1BA24 1/2 units
800 700 8PQ3000-1BA25 1/2 units
• Frame depth with side uprights
For frame depth in mm Crossbar length in mm
600 300 8PQ3000-0BA10 1 unit
800
60 mm system
Busbar holders
• Pole centre distance: 60 mm
• Busbar dimensions (mm × mm): 15 × 5, 20 × 5, 30 × 5, 30 × 10
• Width: 20 mm
Arrangement: Non-cascaded
Versions
3-pole 8US1923-3AA01 10 units
4-pole 8US1923-4AA00 10 units

Busbar holder end covers

Pole centre distance: 60 mm
Versions
3-pole 8US1922-1AC00 10 units
4-pole 8US1922-1AB00 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/15
 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Busbar connection fasteners

■ Overview
To ensure the reliable connection of the copper busbars, it is The table below provides an overview of the various copper
important to select the right fasteners in terms of quality, size, busbar / fastener combination options, so as to facilitate selec-
suitability and finish. tion and ordering.

■ Selection and ordering data

The stated quantity of fasteners applies to a 4-pole arrangement. • Length of screw with M8 threading = busbars profile + 15 mm
• Length of screw with M10, M12 threading = busbars profile +
Rules for calculation of the screw length for different busbar 20 mm
dimensions:
3 Configuration Profile Cross-section Quan- Article No. Description
tity
mm × mm
Main busbar system with two bars per phase
Main busbar to: Vertical distribution Profiled busbar 30 × 30 4 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
busbar, cascaded 40 × 30 8 8PQ9500-0BA01 T-head screw M10 x 25
12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
Flat copper 2 × 30 × 10 4 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
8 8PQ9500-1BA36 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 55
8 8PQ9400-0BA02 Busbar clamp
12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
2 × 40 × 10 4 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
8 8PQ9500-1BA25 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 65
8 8PQ9400-0BA02 Busbar clamp
12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
Vertical distribution Flat copper 2 × 20 × 10 12 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
busbar, non-cas- 2 × 40 × 10 12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
caded 12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
4 × 40 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
4 × 50 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
16 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
16 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Section-section L1...3, N (PEN) Flat copper 2 × 20 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
2 × 30 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
8 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

PEN jumper PEN (per frame) Flat copper -- 2 8PQ9500-0BA34 Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 - M6 x 10
1 8PQ9500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 35
1 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
1 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

3/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Busbar connection fasteners

Configuration Profile Cross-section Quan- Article No. Description

tity
mm × mm
Main busbar system with four busbars per phase
Main busbar to: Vertical distribution Profiled busbar 30 × 30 4 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
busbar, cascaded 40 × 30 8 8PQ9500-0BA01 T-head screw M10 x 25
8 8PQ9400-0BA02 Busbar clamp
12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
Flat copper 2 × 30 × 10 4 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
8 8PQ9500-1BA36 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 55
8 8PQ9400-0BA02 Busbar clamp
12
12
8PQ9500-0BA60
8PQ9500-0BA05
Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10 3
2 × 40 × 10 4 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
8 8PQ9500-1BA25 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 65
12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
Vertical distribution Flat copper 2 × 20 × 10 12 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
busbar, 2 × 40 × 10 12 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
non-cascaded 12 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
4 × 40 × 10 16 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
4 × 50 × 10 16 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
16 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Section-section L1...3, N (PEN) Flat copper 4 × 20 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
4 × 30 × 10 8 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
8 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
4 × 40 × 10 16 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
4 × 50 × 10 16 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
16 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10
PEN jumper PEN (per frame) Flat copper -- 2 8PQ9500-0BA34 Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 - M6 x 10
1 8PQ9500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 45
1 8PQ9500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 10
1 8PQ9500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/17

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Mechanical dimensions

■ Overview
Main busbar at top

600.0
50,0
40,0
30,0
20,0

1900
10,5

Front
20,0

N L3 L2 L1
30,0
40,0
50,0

01767

10,0 80,0 80,0 80,0 125,0

800,0

1900
Front

N L3 L2 L1 N L3 L2 L1

80,0 80,0 80,0 80,0 80,0 80,0 80,0 125,0

I201_18261

3/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Mechanical dimensions
PE bar

Vertical busbar, cascaded

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 3/19

 © Siemens AG 2015

Busbar Systems

Mechanical dimensions
Vertical busbar, non-cascaded

3/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 4
© Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

4/2 3WL air circuit breakers

4/12 3VL moulded case circuit breakers

4/26 3VT moulded case circuit breakers

4/28 3K switch disconnectors

4/31 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

4/32 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch

disconnectors

4/35 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors

with fuses

4/40 Modular devices

4/41 SIKclip wiring system 4

4/42 Mounting plates

4/44 19" racks

4/45 Mechanical dimensions

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

■ Overview

7
2

3 8

4
4

9
1
25

21
10
19

22 11

23
12

24 18 13

17

14

NSE0_01887d
20
16
15

1 Guide frame 14 EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, key operated

2 Main circuit connection front, flange, horizontal, vertical 15 Motorized operating mechanism
3 Position signalling switch 16 Operating cycles counters
4 Ground connection, leading 17 Breaker Status Sensor (BSS)
5 Shutters 18 Protective device with device holder, Electronic Trip Unit (ETU)
6 COM15 PROFIBUS module or COM16 MODBUS module 19 Remote reset solenoid
7 External CubicleBUS modules 20 Breaker Data Adapter (BDA Plus)
8 Closing coil, auxiliary release 21 Four-line display
9 Auxiliary conductor plug-in system 22 Ground-fault protection module
10 Auxiliary switch block 23 Rating plug
11 Door sealing frame 24 Measurement function module
12 Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF 25 Air circuit breaker
13 Transparent panel, function insert

4/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Size I II
Type 3WL11 3WL12
Switching capacity class N S N S H
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Rated operating voltage Ue up to 415 V AC
Icu kA 55 66 66 80 100
Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100
Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220
Rated operating voltage Ue up to 500 V AC
Icu kA 55 66 66 80 100
Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100
Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220
Rated operating voltage Ue up to 690 V AC
Icu kA 42 50 50 75 85
Ics kA 42 50 50 75 85
Icm kA 88 105 105 165 187
Rated operating voltage Ue up to 1000 V/1150 V AC
Icu kA -- -- -- -- 50
4
Ics kA -- -- -- -- 50
Icm kA -- -- -- -- 105
Rated short-time withstand current Icw of the circuit breakers3)
0.5 s kA 55 66 66 80 100
1s kA 42 50 55 66 80
2s kA 29.5 35 39 46 651)/702)
3s kA 24 29 32 44 501)/652)
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icc of the non-automatic air circuit breakers
Up to 500 V AC kA 55 66 66 80 100
Up to 690 V AC kA 42 50 50 75 85
Up to 1000 V /1150 V AC kA -- -- -- -- 504)
1) Size II with In max. ≤ 2500 A. 3) At a rated voltage of ≥ 690 V the Icw value of the circuit breaker cannot be
2) Size II with In max. = 3200 A and In max. = 4000 A. greater than the Icu value or Ics value at 690 V.
4) Rated operating voltage Ue = 1150 V.

Size I II
Type Up to
3WL11 10 3WL11 12 3WL11 16 3WL12 08 3WL12 10 3WL12 12 3WL12 16 3WL12 20 3WL12 25 3WL12 32
Minimum phase size Unit(s) 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3
Busbars, Cu mm2 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 100 × 10 100 × 10
bare or insulated, black

For further information, see the technical documents on 3WL air

circuit breakers

3WL air circuit breaker with horizontal connections for 3WL air circuit breaker with flange connections for draw-out versions
fixed-mounted versions

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Incoming feeder bays
Main busbar at top

4
Rated current In Rated current In
ventilated non-ventilated
in A in A
Size In 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I 1600 1600 1600 1590 1550 1510 1460 1420 1370 1340 1310 1270 1240 1200 1170
2000 2000 2000 1990 1940 1890 1830 1780 1720 1680 1640 1590 1550 1510 1460
II 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1960 1920 1870 1820 1780 1730 1670
3200 2850 2790 2720 2650 2580 2510 2430 2260 2210 2160 2100 2050 1990 1930
III 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 3950 3870 3780 3230 3150 3080 3000 2920 2840 2750

Main busbar at bottom

Rated current In Rated current In

ventilated non-ventilated
in A in A
Size In 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I 1600 1540 1500 1470 1430 1390 1350 1310 1390 1350 1320 1290 1240 1190 1140
2000 1930 1880 1840 1790 1740 1690 1640 1710 1670 1630 1590 1530 1470 1410
II 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1990 1920 1830 2000 1950 1880 1820 1750 1680 1610
3200 2710 2640 2570 2490 2400 2300 2200 2320 2250 2180 2100 2030 1950 1860

4/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Main busbar at top
Features
1 Head compartment door
• Combined 3-pole/4-pole assembly kits
2 3WL modular door
• Incl. copper drawings
3 Base compartment door
Configuration 4 Mounting plate
• Separation 4b is recommended 5 Main busbar connection
6
1 5 6 Separation 4b
7 Cable connection

4
2

7 4
3

I202_29905
■ Selection and ordering data
Configuration Article No. Article No. Article No.
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Head compartment doors

Size Width Height Head compartment IP55 upgrade

mm mm door
I 600 675 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02
II 800 675 8PQ2067-8BA01 8PQ2067-8BA02
III 1000 675 8PQ2067-1BA01 8PQ2067-1BA02
% Modular doors
• Door sealing frame 3WL9111-0AP01-0AA0 suitable for IP4X
• Protective cover 3WL9111-0AP02-0AA0 suitable for IP55

Size Width Height Modular door Modular door IP55 upgrade

mm mm IP4X IP55
I 600 550 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
II 800 550 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 8PQ2055-8BA06
III 1000 550 8PQ2055-1BA03 8PQ2055-1BA04 8PQ2055-1BA06
& Base compartment doors

Size Width Height Base compartment IP55 upgrade

mm mm doors
I 600 750 8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03
II 800 750 8PQ2075-8BA01 8PQ2075-8BA03
III 1000 750 8PQ2075-1BA01 8PQ2075-1BA02

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/5

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Configuration Article No.

www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
( Mounting plate

Size Width Height Mounting plate

mm mm
I 600 550 8PQ6000-5BA26
II 800 550 8PQ6000-5BA24
III 1000 550 8PQ6000-5BA23
) Main busbar connection
Cu

4
Size Width Rated current Mechanical system
mm A
I 600 2000 8PQ6000-6BA75
II 800 3200 8PQ6000-6BA76
III 1000 4000 8PQ6000-5BA33
* Separation 4b

Size Width Depth Position of main busbar Separation

mm mm
I 600 400 Top (front) 8PQ5000-4BA28
600 Top (front) 8PQ5000-4BA30
800 Top (front) 8PQ5000-4BA31
II 800 600 Top (front) 8PQ5000-4BA32
800 Top (front) 8PQ5000-4BA33
III 1000 800 Top (double) 8PQ5000-3BA83
+ Cable connection
• Practically orientated number of connection points Cu
• Suitable for transformer installation

Size Compartment width Rated current Installation type Mechanical system

mm A
I 600 2000 Fixed 8PQ6000-5BA81
Draw-out 8PQ6000-5BA82
II 800 3200 Fixed 8PQ6000-5BA83
Draw-out 8PQ6000-5BA83
III 1000 4000 Fixed 8PQ6000-5BA84
Draw-out 8PQ6000-5BA84

4/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Main busbar at bottom
Features
1 Head compartment door
• Combined 3-pole/4-pole assembly kits
2 3WL modular door
• Incl. copper drawings 3 Base compartment door
Configuration 4 Mounting plate

• Separation 4b is recommended 5 Main busbar connection

1 6 Separation 4b
7
7 Cable connection

4
2

6
5 4
3

I202_29631
■ Selection and ordering data
Configuration Article No. Article No. Article No.
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Head compartment doors

Size Width Height Head compartment IP55 upgrade

mm mm door
I 600 675 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02
II 800 675 8PQ2067-8BA01 8PQ2067-8BA02
% 3WL modular doors
• Door sealing frame 3WL9111-0AP01-0AA0 suitable for IP4X
• Protective cover 3WL9111-0AP02-0AA0 suitable for IP55

Size Width Height Modular door Modular door IP55 upgrade

mm mm IP4X IP55
I 600 550 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
II 800 550 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 8PQ2055-8BA06
& Base compartment doors

Size Width Height Base compartment IP55 upgrade

mm mm door
I 600 750 8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03
II 800 750 8PQ2075-8BA01 8PQ2075-8BA03

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/7

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Configuration Article No.

www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
( Mounting plate

Size Width Height Mounting plate

mm mm
I 600 550 8PQ6000-5BA26
II 800 550 8PQ6000-5BA24
) Main busbar connection
Cu

4
Size Width Rated current Mechanical system
mm A
I 600 2000 8PQ6000-6BA75
II 800 3200 8PQ6000-6BA76
* Separation 4b

Size Width Depth Position of main busbar Separation

mm mm
I 600 400 Bottom (front) 8PQ5000-4BA34
600 Bottom (front) 8PQ5000-4BA35
800 Bottom (front) 8PQ5000-4BA36
II 800 600 Bottom (front) 8PQ5000-4BA37
800 Bottom (front) 8PQ5000-4BA38
+ Cable connection
• Practically orientated number of connection points Cu
• Suitable for transformer installation

Size Compartment width Rated current Installation type Mechanical system

mm A
I 600 2000 Fixed 8PQ6000-5BA81
Draw-out 8PQ6000-5BA82
II 800 3200 Fixed 8PQ6000-5BA83
Draw-out 8PQ6000-5BA83

4/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Vertical busbar connection
Configuration
1 Mounting plate
The 3WL1240 circuit breaker can be installed only in 800 mm
deep frames. 2 Cover / door
3 Vertical distribution
busbars
4 Cable connection
3

1
4

I201_18391b
■ Selection and ordering data
Configuration Article No. Article No.
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Draw-out and fixed versions with cover
• Door sealing frame 3WL9111-0AP01-0AA0 suitable for IP4X

Size Compartment No. of poles Minimum depth Height $ Mounting plate % Cover
width
mm mm mm
I 600 3 600 550 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
4 600 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA07
800 3/4 600 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA04
II 600 3 600 550 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
800 3 600 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA07
4 600 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA05
Draw-out and fixed versions with modular door
• Door sealing frame 3WL9111-0AP01-0AA0 suitable for IP4X
• Protective cover 3WL9111-0AP02-0AA0 suitable for IP55

Size Compartment No. of poles Minimum depth Height $ Mounting plate % Modular door % Modular door
width IP4X IP55
mm mm mm
I 400 3 400 550 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ2055-4BA12 --
600 3/4 400 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17
II 800 3/4 600 550 8PQ6000-5BA24 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/9

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No.
www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
3WL connecting terminal kit
& Vertical distribution busbars
Cu

Size Enclosure 3WL rated current Compartment Installation type Height Mechanical system
width
Above circuit Below circuit
breaker breaker
A mm mm mm
I Modular door 1600 4001) Fixed 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA48

4 600
Draw-out
Fixed
250
250
300
300
8PQ6000-5BA50
8PQ6000-5BA51
Draw-out 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA52
Cover 1600 600 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA45
Draw-out 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA45
800 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA46
Draw-out 250 300 8PQ6000-5BA46
Modular door 2000 4001) Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA05
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA06
600 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA07
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA08
Cover 2000 600 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA03
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA03
800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA04
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-7BA04
II Modular door 2000 800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA53
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA53
3200 800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA53
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA53
Cover 2000 800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA47
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA47
3200 800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA47
Draw-out 300 350 8PQ6000-5BA47
( Cable connection
• To be able to anchor, bend and connect the cables it is necessary to leave enough space for the assembly operations. Cu
• Practically orientated number of connection points
• Suitable for transformer installation

Size Enclosure 3WL rated current Compartment Installation type Height Mechanical system
width
A mm mm
I Modular door 2000 4001) Fixed 425 8PQ6000-5BA78
Draw-out 425 8PQ6000-5BA80
600 Fixed 425 8PQ6000-5BA81
Draw-out 425 8PQ6000-5BA82
Cover 2000 600 Fixed 250 8PQ6000-5BA75
Draw-out 250 8PQ6000-5BA75
800 Fixed 250 8PQ6000-5BA76
Draw-out 250 8PQ6000-5BA76
II Modular door 2000 800 Fixed 425 8PQ6000-5BA83
Draw-out 425 8PQ6000-5BA83
3200 800 Fixed 425 8PQ6000-5BA83
Draw-out 425 8PQ6000-5BA83
Cover 2000 800 Fixed 400 8PQ6000-5BA77
Draw-out 400 8PQ6000-5BA77
3200 800 Fixed 350 8PQ6000-5BA77
Draw-out 350 8PQ6000-5BA77
1)
3-pole corresponding to circuit breaker assembly kit

4/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3WL air circuit breakers

Configuration Article No.

www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
Accessories
Busbar holders
1 set = 4 holders

Size Number of poles Width in mm

I 3/4 600 8PQ6000-4BA35

II 3 600 8PQ6000-4BA36
I 3/4 800 8PQ6000-4BA37
II 3/4 800 8PQ6000-4BA38
III
Busbar connection
3/4 1000 8PQ6000-4BA40
4
For use with SIVACON 8PS

Size Number of poles Width in mm Mechanical system

I 3/4 600 8PQ3000-1BA70

II 3 600
I 3/4 800 8PQ3000-1BA71
II 3/4 800
III 3/4 1000 8PQ3000-1BA72

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/11

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Overview

2
5

6
I201_18367a

1 Head compartment cover

2 Modular door for direct operating mechanism

3 Cover for single branch unit

4 Cover for multiple branch unit

5 Assembly kit, horizontal

6 Assembly kit, vertical

4/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
General data

10

8
10 7
11 2
6
5 3

12

13 16

15
19

17
23
4
14

20

18
NSE0_02087f

22

nd
$ Draw-out/ plug-in base 7
22

% Side panels of draw-out version 6

NSE0_02087g
& Phase separators 5

( Terminal bars, divergent

9
) Terminal bars, straight
4

* Circular conductor terminals for Al/Cu 8

+ Box terminal for Cu

21

, Terminal cover, extended

CD ETU) - Terminal cover, standard
knöpfen (ETU)
. Front frame/cover frame for door cut-out 3

/ Motorised operating mechanism with spring accumulator (SEO)

) 0 Motorised operating mechanism MO
1
elektronische Auslöser
Front-operated rotary operating mechanism
2 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
3 3VL moulded case circuit breaker
4 Internal accessories
5 Electronic overcurrent release (LCD ETU)
6 Electronic overcurrent release with communication function
7 Thermal/magnetic overcurrent release
8 RCD module
9 Rear connections – flat and round
: COM20/21 communication module to the PROFIBUS DP/MODBUS
; Battery power supply with test function for electronic trip units

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/13

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Technical specifications
Type VL160X VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600
Conductor cross-sections
Box terminals1)
• Single- or multi-wire cable Only copper mm2 2.5 ... 95 2.5 ... 95 25 ... 185 50 ... 240 – – – –
• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm2 2.5 ... 50 2.5 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 – – – –
• Flexible busbar mm 12 × 10 12 × 10 17 × 10 25 × 10 – – – –
Connecting terminal plate for flexible mm – – – – 2 units – – –
busbar2) 10 × 32
Circular conductor terminal for cable1)
• Single- or multi-wire cable Copper or Al mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 25 ... 185 50 ... 300 – – – –
- With terminal cover Copper or Al mm2 16 ... 150 16 ... 150 120 ... 240 -- -- -- -- --
• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm2 10 ... 50 10 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 – – – –
Multiple feed-in terminal1)
Copper or Al mm2
4
• Single- or multi-wire cable – – – 2 units 2 units 3 units 4 units –
50 ... 120 50 ... 240 50 ... 240 50 ... 240
- With terminal cover Copper or Al mm2 -- -- -- 2 units -- -- -- --
70 ... 300
2
• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm – – – 2 units 2 units 3 units 4 units –
50 ... 95 50 ... 185 50 ... 185 50 ... 185
• Direct busbar connection Copper or Al mm 17 × 7 22 × 7 24 × 7 32 × 10 40 × 10 2 × 40 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 60 × 10
• Screw type for screwed connection M6 M6 M8 M8 M6 M8 M8 –
1)
Cross-sections according to IEC 60999.
2)
Not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.

4/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Selection and ordering data

Features
• Several connection points per conductor
1 Cable connection for flexible
• For implementation of form 4a and 4b busbars
1 2 Cable connection for copper
Configuration
connection
• Up to 3VL630 connection is made by means of flexible
insulated busbars 2

I202_29632
• From 3VL800 copper drawings are available

$ Cable connection for flexible busbars

• Form 4a

Circuit breaker Compartment height No. of poles Installation technique Operating mechanism Article No.
in mm www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
VL250 150 3 Fixed Direct, front 8PQ6000-7BA55
Plug-in Direct, door cpl., motorised 8PQ6000-7BA56
200 4 Fixed Direct, front 8PQ6000-7BA57
Plug-in Direct, door cpl., motorised 8PQ6000-7BA58
VL400 200 3 Fixed Direct, front 8PQ6000-7BA51
Plug-in Direct, door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA52
250 4 Fixed Direct, front, motorised 8PQ6000-7BA53
Plug-in Direct, door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA54
VL630 300 3 Fixed Direct, front, motorised 8PQ6000-7BA36
Plug-in Direct, door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA37
350 4 Fixed Direct, front, motorised 8PQ6000-7BA38
Plug-in Direct, door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA50
% Cable connection for copper connection
• Form 4a Cu

Circuit breaker Compartment height No. of poles Installation technique Operating mechanism Article No.
in mm www.siemens.com/
product?Article No.
VL800 400 4 Fixed Direct 8PQ6000-7BA30
Fixed Direct, door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA31
500 4 Draw-out Direct 8PQ6000-7BA34
VL1250, VL1600 450 4 Fixed Direct 8PQ6000-7BA32
Fixed Door coupling 8PQ6000-7BA33
500 4 Draw-out Direct 8PQ6000-7BA35
Protective bellows

• For use with connecting terminals

• Form 4b 8PQ9400-0BA71

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/15

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – horizontal

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Extended terminal covers required for front connection.
• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with
spring accumulator.

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed

4 Circuit
breaker
Compart-
ment width
No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover

mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 150 8PQ6000-4BA88 8PQ2015-6BA21
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 8PQ6000-5BA01 8PQ2020-6BA26
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 8PQ6000-4BA41 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 150 8PQ6000-5BA00 8PQ2015-6BA21
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 8PQ6000-5BA02 8PQ2020-6BA26
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 8PQ6000-4BA42 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 8PQ6000-2BA84 8PQ2020-6BA06
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 250 8PQ6000-2BA87 8PQ2025-6BA02
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA06
VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 300 8PQ6000-3BA01 8PQ2030-6BA03
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 350 8PQ6000-3BA10 8PQ2035-6BA04
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 350 8PQ6000-4BA45 8PQ2035-8BA10

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Crossbars Cover
breaker ment width
mm mm
VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 400 8PQ6000-4BA46 8PQ2040-8BA21
VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 450 8PQ6000-4BA47 8PQ2045-8BA05
VL1600 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 450 8PQ6000-4BA48 8PQ2045-8BA05

4/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – horizontal

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Extended terminal covers required for front connection.
• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with
spring accumulator.

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed version with RCD

Circuit
breaker
Compart-
ment width
No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
4
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-4BA88 8PQ2015-6BA22
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-5BA01 8PQ2020-6BA27
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-4BA41 8PQ2020-8BA11
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 150 8PQ6000-5BA00 8PQ2015-6BA21
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 200 8PQ6000-5BA02 8PQ2020-6BA26
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 200 8PQ6000-4BA42 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL400 800 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA06
Plug-in version

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-3BA24 8PQ2015-6BA21
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-3BA27 8PQ2020-6BA26
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 150 8PQ6000-3BA24 8PQ2015-6BA21
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 8PQ6000-3BA27 8PQ2020-6BA26
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 8PQ6000-2BA84 8PQ2020-6BA06
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 8PQ6000-2BA87 8PQ2025-6BA02
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA06
VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 8PQ6000-3BA01 8PQ2030-6BA03
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 8PQ6000-3BA10 8PQ2035-6BA04
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 8PQ6000-4BA45 8PQ2035-8BA10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/17

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – horizontal

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Extended terminal covers required for front connection.
• To improve the stability of the kits for VL400 and VL630 in
plug-in version it is necessary to fit a reinforcement kit for each
branch unit.

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Plug-in version with RCD

4
Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-2BA75 8PQ2015-6BA06
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-2BA81 8PQ2020-6BA07
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA11
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 150 8PQ6000-2BA75 8PQ2015-6BA04
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 8PQ6000-2BA81 8PQ2020-6BA05
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA10
VL400 800 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA06
Draw-out

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width
mm mm
VL160/250 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 8PQ6000-3BA27 8PQ2020-6BA21
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2025-8BA07
VL400 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 8PQ6000-2BA87 8PQ2025-6BA11
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2030-8BA08
VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 8PQ6000-3BA01 8PQ2030-6BA17
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 8PQ6000-3BA10 8PQ2035-6BA17
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 8PQ6000-4BA45 8PQ2035-8BA11

VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 500 8PQ6000-4BA56 8PQ2050-8BA05

VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 500 8PQ6000-4BA56 8PQ2050-8BA06
VL1600 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 500 8PQ6000-4BA56 8PQ2050-8BA06
Reinforcement, draw-out version

Circuit No. of poles Reinforcement

breaker
VL400 3/4 8PQ6000-4BA17
VL630 3 8PQ6000-4BA20
VL630 4 8PQ6000-4BA18

4/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – vertical

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with
spring accumulator.
• For vertical assembly kits that are equipped with a motorised
operating mechanism, the adjacent mounting space must be
left empty so that the mechanism can be tensioned by hand.

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed

4
Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA76 8PQ2035-6BA02
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-2BA82 8PQ2035-6BA03
800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-2BA77 8PQ2035-8BA02
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA83 8PQ2035-8BA03
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA16 8PQ2035-6BA02
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA22 8PQ2035-6BA03
800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA17 8PQ2035-8BA02
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA23 8PQ2035-8BA03
VL400 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-2BA85 8PQ2040-6BA07
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-2BA88 8PQ2040-6BA05
b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA86 8PQ2040-8BA08
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA00 8PQ2040-8BA07
VL630 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA02 8PQ2040-6BA06
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA05 8PQ2040-6BA08
b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA03 8PQ2040-8BA06
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA06 8PQ2040-8BA05

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Crossbar Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL800 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA07 8PQ2060-6BA02
VL1250 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA11 8PQ2060-6BA03
VL1600 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 700 1 8PQ6000-3BA12 8PQ2070-6BA01
b For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 100 mm each, are required.
Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/19

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – vertical

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with
spring accumulator.
• For vertical assembly kits that are equipped with a motorised
operating mechanism, the adjacent mounting space must be
left empty so that the mechanism can be tensioned by hand.

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed version with RCD

4
Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA76 8PQ2050-6BA05
4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-2BA82 8PQ2050-6BA06
800 3 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-2BA77 8PQ2050-8BA07
4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA83 8PQ2050-8BA08
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA16 8PQ2050-6BA07
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA22 8PQ2050-6BA08
800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA17 8PQ2050-8BA10
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA23 8PQ2050-8BA11
Plug-in version

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL160X a 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA25 8PQ2035-6BA02
a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA28 8PQ2035-6BA03
a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA26 8PQ2035-8BA02
a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA30 8PQ2035-8BA03
VL160/250 a 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA25 8PQ2035-6BA02
a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA28 8PQ2035-6BA03
a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA26 8PQ2035-8BA02
a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA30 8PQ2035-8BA03
VL400 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-2BA85 8PQ2040-6BA07
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-2BA88 8PQ2040-6BA05
b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA86 8PQ2040-8BA08
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA00 8PQ2040-8BA07
VL630 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA02 8PQ2040-6BA06
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA05 8PQ2040-6BA08
b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA03 8PQ2040-8BA06
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA06 8PQ2040-8BA05
a For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 50 mm each, are required.
Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.
b For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 100 mm each, are required.
Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.

4/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Front cover – vertical

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Plug-in version with RCD

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA25 8PQ2050-6BA05

800
4
3
Front, rear
Front, rear
Direct
Direct
500
500
1 ... 3
1 ... 5
8PQ6000-3BA28
8PQ6000-3BA26
8PQ2050-6BA06
8PQ2050-8BA07
4
4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA30 8PQ2050-8BA08
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA25 8PQ2050-6BA07
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA28 8PQ2050-6BA08
800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA26 8PQ2050-8BA10
4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA30 8PQ2050-8BA11
Draw-out

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL160/250 a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA26 8PQ2035-8BA08
a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA30 8PQ2040-8BA15
VL400 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6000-2BA88 8PQ2040-6BA17
b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-2BA86 8PQ2040-8BA16
b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA00 8PQ2040-8BA17
VL630 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA05 8PQ2060-6BA12
b 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA06 8PQ2040-8BA20
Draw-out
Minimum section depth: 600 mm

Circuit Compart- No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
breaker ment width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL800 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA87 8PQ2060-6BA13
b 4 Front, rear Direct 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA88 8PQ2060-6BA14
VL1250/1600 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct 650 1 8PQ6000-4BA00 8PQ2065-6BA05
b 4 Front, rear Direct 650 1 8PQ6000-4BA01 8PQ2065-6BA06
a For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 50 mm each, are required.
Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.
b For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 100 mm each, are required.
Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/21

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Modular door – horizontal

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Extended terminal covers required for front connection.
• For degree of protection IP55 an upgrade is available
(see "Frame" and "Enclosure" from page 2/2 onwards and
"Modular Doors", page 2/23)

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed version with direct operating mechanism

4 Circuit
breaker
Compartment
width
No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door

mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA27 8PQ2015-6BA23
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA34 8PQ2020-6BA30
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA41 8PQ2020-8BA15
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA30 8PQ2015-6BA23
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA36 8PQ2020-6BA30
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA42 8PQ2020-8BA15
VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA44 8PQ2020-6BA33
4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA45 8PQ2025-6BA20
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA46 8PQ2025-8BA11
VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct 300 8PQ6000-6BA47 8PQ2030-6BA24
4 Front, rear Direct 350 8PQ6000-6BA48 8PQ2035-6BA23
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 350 8PQ6000-6BA50 8PQ2035-8BA14

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Crossbar Cover
breaker width
mm mm
VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 400 8PQ6000-4BA46 8PQ2040-8BA22
VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 450 8PQ6000-4BA47 8PQ2045-8BA07
VL1600 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 450 8PQ6000-4BA48 8PQ2045-8BA07

4/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Vertical and horizontal installation

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-4BA88 8PQ2015-6BA14
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-5BA01 8PQ2020-6BA16
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-4BA41 8PQ2020-8BA12
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-5BA00 8PQ2015-6BA14
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-5BA02 8PQ2020-6BA16

VL400
800
600
3/4
3
Front, rear
Front, rear
8UC door coupling, size 1
8UC door coupling, size 2
200
200
8PQ6000-4BA42
8PQ6000-2BA84
8PQ2020-8BA12
8PQ2020-6BA20 4
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-2BA87 8PQ2025-6BA10
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA08
VL630 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 300 8PQ6000-3BA01 8PQ2030-6BA15
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 350 8PQ6000-3BA10 8PQ2035-6BA15
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 350 8PQ6000-4BA45 8PQ2035-8BA12

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Crossbar Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 400 8PQ6000-4BA46 8PQ2035-8BA13
VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 450 8PQ6000-4BA47 8PQ2045-8BA06
VL1600 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 450 8PQ6000-4BA48 8PQ2045-8BA06
Fixed version with RCD

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA28 8PQ2015-6BA24
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-6BA35 8PQ2020-6BA31
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA41 8PQ2020-8BA16
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA31 8PQ2015-6BA25
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-6BA37 8PQ2020-6BA32
3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-5BA00 8PQ2015-6BA16
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-5BA02 8PQ2020-6BA16
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA42 8PQ2020-8BA15
3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-4BA42 8PQ2020-8BA12
VL400 800 4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA46 8PQ2025-8BA11
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA08

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/23

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Vertical and horizontal installation

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Plug-in version with direct operating mechanism

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA32 8PQ2015-6BA23
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA38 8PQ2020-6BA30
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA43 8PQ2020-8BA15
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA32 8PQ2015-6BA24
4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA38 8PQ2020-6BA30

4 VL400
800
600
3/4
3
Front, rear
Front, rear
Direct
Direct
200
200
8PQ6000-6BA43
8PQ6000-6BA44
8PQ2020-8BA15
8PQ2020-6BA33
4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA45 8PQ2025-6BA20
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA46 8PQ2025-8BA11
VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct 300 8PQ6000-6BA47 8PQ2030-6BA24
4 Front, rear Direct 350 8PQ6000-6BA48 8PQ2035-6BA23
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 350 8PQ6000-6BA50 8PQ2035-8BA14
Plug-in version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-3BA24 8PQ2015-6BA14
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-3BA27 8PQ2020-6BA16
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA12
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-3BA24 8PQ2015-6BA14
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-3BA27 8PQ2020-6BA16
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA12
VL400 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 200 8PQ6000-2BA84 8PQ2020-6BA20
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-2BA87 8PQ2025-6BA10
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA08
VL630 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 300 8PQ6000-3BA01 8PQ2030-6BA15
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 350 8PQ6000-3BA10 8PQ2035-6BA15
800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 350 8PQ6000-4BA45 8PQ2035-8BA12
Plug-in version with RCD

Circuit Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Modular door
breaker width
mm mm
VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA33 8PQ2015-6BA24
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-6BA40 8PQ2020-6BA31
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA43 8PQ2020-8BA16
VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-6BA33 8PQ2015-6BA25
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-6BA40 8PQ2020-6BA32
3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 8PQ6000-2BA75 8PQ2015-6BA16
4 Front, rear 200 8PQ6000-2BA81 8PQ2020-6BA17
800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 8PQ6000-6BA43 8PQ2020-8BA15
3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 8PQ6000-4BA43 8PQ2020-8BA12
VL400 800 4 Front, rear Direct 250 8PQ6000-6BA46 8PQ2025-8BA11
4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 250 8PQ6000-4BA44 8PQ2025-8BA08

4/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits
3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Modular door – vertical

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
• Extended terminal covers required for front connection.
• For degree of protection IP55 an upgrade is available
(see "Frame" and "Enclosure" from page 2/2 onwards and
"Modular Doors", page 2/23)

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Fixed version with direct operating mechanism

4
Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Modular door
width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL630 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct 600 1 8PQ6000-6BA51 8PQ2060-6BA24
VL800 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct 800 1 8PQ6000-3BA12 8PQ2080-6BA11
VL1250 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct 800 1 8PQ6000-3BA11 8PQ2080-6BA11
VL1600 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct 900 1 8PQ6000-3BA07 8PQ2090-6BA04
Fixed version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism Height No. of Mounting plate Modular door
width circuit
breakers
mm mm
VL630 400 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 550 1 8PQ6000-4BA60 8PQ2055-4BA13
600 3/4 Rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 400 1 8PQ6000-3BA05 8PQ2040-6BA16
3/4 Front 8UC door coupling, size 2 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA05 8PQ2060-6BA17
VL800 400 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 550 1 8PQ6000-4BA87 8PQ2055-4BA13
600 3/4 Rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA07 8PQ2060-6BA10
3/4 Front 8UC door coupling, size 2 800 1 8PQ6000-3BA07 8PQ2080-6BA05
VL1250 400 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 550 1 8PQ6000-4BA61 8PQ2055-4BA14
600 3/4 Rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 600 1 8PQ6000-3BA11 8PQ2060-6BA11
3/4 Front 8UC door coupling, size 3 800 1 8PQ6000-3BA11 8PQ2080-6BA06
VL1600 400 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 550 1 8PQ6000-4BA61 8PQ2055-4BA14
600 3/4 Rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 700 1 8PQ6000-3BA12 8PQ2070-6BA02
3/4 Front 8UC door coupling, size 3 900 1 8PQ6000-3BA12 8PQ2090-6BA01
Touch protection covers over cable connection

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Height Covers

width
mm mm
VL630, VL800, VL1250, VL1600 400 3/4 400 8PQ5000-3BA15

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/25

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3VT moulded case circuit breakers

■ Overview
Configuration
1 Mounting on
For voltages > 415 V, additional safety clearances are DIN rail
necessary. 2 Horizontal
3 Mechanical
interlock
1 4 Vertical
5 Front frame

I201_18209b
5

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. Article No.
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Mounting on DIN rail

Circuit breaker Compartment Operating No. of poles Connection Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
width mechanism circuit
breakers
mm mm
3VT1 (160A) 600 Direct 3 Front 250 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2025-6BA15
4 Front 250 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2025-6BA15
Motorised 3 Front 250 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2025-6BA15
4 Front 250 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2025-6BA15

4/26 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3VT moulded case circuit breakers

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Horizontal installation
% Fixed and plug-in version

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating Height Mounting plate Cover
width mechanism
mm mm
3VT1 (160 A) 6001) 3/4 Front, rear Direct 150 8PQ6000-4BA21 8PQ2015-6BA17
3VT2 (250 A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 150 8PQ6000-4BA23 8PQ2015-6BA18
3VT2 (250 A) 600 4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 200 8PQ6000-4BA24 8PQ2020-6BA22
3VT3 (630 A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 200 8PQ6000-4BA27 8PQ2020-6BA23

4
3VT3 (630 A) 600 4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 250 8PQ6000-4BA26 8PQ2025-6BA14
1)
Mounting plate can be used only for fixed version.
% Draw-out version

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating Height Mounting plate Cover
width mechanism
mm mm
3VT2 (250 A) 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 250 8PQ6000-4BA22 8PQ2025-6BA13
3VT3 (630 A) 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 300 8PQ6000-4BA25 8PQ2030-6BA20
& Mechanical interlocks
• Assembly kit for mechanical interlock
• Customized interlock (accessory) available for each device type

Circuit breaker Compartment Height Mounting plate Cover

width
mm mm
3VT2, 3VT3 600 100 8PQ6000-4BA34 8PQ2010-6BA01
Vertical installation
( Fixed and plug-in version
• Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 35 kA require two additional covers 150 mm each, phase separators
and terminal covers
• Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 65 kA require two additional covers 250 mm each, phase separators
and terminal covers

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
width mechanism circuit
breakers
mm mm
3VT2 (250A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6000-4BA28 8PQ2035-6BA18
4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA30 8PQ2035-6BA20
3VT3 (630A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA31 8PQ2040-6BA18
4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA32 8PQ2040-6BA20
( Draw-out version
• Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 35 kA require two additional covers 150 mm each, phase separators
and terminal covers
• Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 65 kA require two additional covers 250 mm each, phase separators
and terminal covers

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Connection Operating Height No. of Mounting plate Cover
width mechanism circuit
breakers
mm mm
3VT2 (250A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA28 8PQ2035-6BA18
4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA30 8PQ2035-6BA20
3VT3 (630A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6000-4BA31 8PQ2040-6BA18
4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 400 1 8PQ6000-4BA33 8PQ2040-6BA21

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/27

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3K switch disconnectors

■ Overview

4
1

10

NSE0_01557f
3

7
9

8
2

1 3KL basic device

2 Fuses, optionally BS 88 or LV HRC fuses Optional
3 Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 7 Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
4 Coupling driver
8 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
5 Extension shaft
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
6 Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range 9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
are used as auxiliary switches. version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with 10 4th pole (optional)
non-interchangeability features.

4/28 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3K switch disconnectors

■ Technical specifications
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3KL50 3KL52 3KL53 3KL551) 3KL571) 3KL611)
3KL5, 3KL6
Rated continuous current Iu A 63 125 160 250 400 630
for fuse links according to DIN 43620 Size 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and 000 1 and 2 1 and 2 3 and 2
2
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm 35 70 120 150 2 × 150 or 2 × 240
1 × 240
Tightening torque Nm 6 .. 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 56
Connecting screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12
1) Technical specifications for CSA approval upon request.

3KA711
Rated continuous current Iu A 32 45 63 80 100 125
mm2 50
4
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size 50 50 50 50 50
Busbar size mm2 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3
3KA712
Rated continuous current Iu A 160 200 250 -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 120 120 120 -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 20 × 5 20 × 5 20 × 5 -- -- -- --
3KA713
Rated continuous current Iu A 315 400 -- -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 150 2 × 150 -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 2 × 25 × 5 2 × 25 × 5 -- -- -- -- --
3KA714
Rated continuous current Iu A 630 -- -- -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 185 -- -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 2 × 32 × 6 -- -- -- -- -- --
3KA715
Rated continuous current Iu A 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 240 -- -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 2 × 50 × 5 2 × 50 × 6 2 × 50 × 8 3 × 50 × 8 3 × 50 × 12 4 × 50 × 12 8 × 50 × 12
3KA716
Rated continuous current Iu A 1600 2000 2500 3150 -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 2 × 80 × 10 2 × 80 × 10 3 × 80 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 -- -- --
3KL711
Rated continuous current Iu A 32 45 63 80 -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 25 25 25 25 -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 12 × 3 12 × 3 12 × 3 12 × 3 -- -- --
3KL712
Rated continuous current Iu A 100 125 160 -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 70 70 70 -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 16 × 4 16 × 4 16 × 4 -- -- -- --
3KL713
Rated continuous current Iu A 200 250 -- -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 120 120 -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 25 × 4 25 × 4 -- -- -- -- --
3KL714
Rated continuous current Iu A 315 400 -- -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 240 240 -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 32 × 5 32 × 5 -- -- -- -- --
3KL715
Rated continuous current Iu A 630 800 -- -- -- -- --
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 185 2 × 185 -- -- -- -- --
Busbar size mm2 2 × 40 × 6 2 × 40 × 6 -- -- -- -- --

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/29

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3K switch disconnectors

■ Selection and ordering data

General description
1 Fixed version, horizontal
Cover prepared for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 2 Fixed version, vertical
Configuration 3 Front frame

In addition the terminal covers of the devices are required.

4
1

I201_18392a
3

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Fixed version, horizontal

Circuit breaker Compartment width No. of Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
mm poles mm
3KL50/3KL52 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 300 8PQ6000-2BA65 8PQ2030-6BA06
3KL55/3KL57 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 350 8PQ6000-2BA71 8PQ2035-6BA08
3KL61 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 550 8PQ6000-2BA50 8PQ2055-6BA02
3KL711/3KA711 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 200 8PQ6000-2BA52 8PQ2020-6BA10
3KL712/3KA712 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 250 8PQ6000-2BA55 8PQ2025-6BA03
3KL713/3KA713 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 300 8PQ6000-2BA58 8PQ2030-6BA04
3KL714/3KA714 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 350 8PQ6000-2BA62 8PQ2035-6BA06
3KL715/3KA715 a 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 450 8PQ6000-2BA67 8PQ2045-6BA02
% Fixed version, vertical

Circuit breaker Compartment width No. of Connection Operating mechanism Height Mounting plate Cover
mm poles mm
3KL50/3KL52 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 250 8PQ6000-2BA66 8PQ2025-6BA05
3KL55/3KL57 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 350 8PQ6000-2BA72 8PQ2035-6BA10
3KL61 600 3 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 450 8PQ6000-2BA51 8PQ2045-6BA01
3KL711/3KA711 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 200 8PQ6000-2BA53 8PQ2020-6BA11
800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 200 8PQ6000-2BA54 8PQ2020-8BA04
3KL712/3KA712 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 250 8PQ6000-2BA56 8PQ2025-6BA04
800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 250 8PQ6000-2BA57 8PQ2025-8BA02
3KL713/3KA713 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 300 8PQ6000-2BA60 8PQ2030-6BA05
800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 300 8PQ6000-2BA61 8PQ2030-8BA02
3KL714/3KA714 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 350 8PQ6000-2BA63 8PQ2035-6BA07
800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 350 8PQ6000-2BA64 8PQ2035-8BA04
3KL715/3KA715 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 450 8PQ6000-2BA68 8PQ2045-6BA03
800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 450 8PQ6000-2BA70 8PQ2045-8BA01
a Due to the size of its handle, the 1250A/50 kA 3KA715 disconnector requires an additional 200 mm cover.
b Due to the size of its handle, the 3KA715 disconnector can be installed only in versions up to 1250A/35 kA.

4/30 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration
1 Fixed version,
You can find fuse links in Catalogue LV 10, Chapter horizontal
"Fuse Systems".
2 Fixed version,
vertical
3 Bus-mounting
4 Front frame

2
4
3
1

I201_18394b
4

Configuration Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
$ Fixed version, horizontal

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Height Mounting plate Cover

width
mm mm
3NP1143 600 3 250 8PQ6000-3BA75 8PQ2025-6BA16
3NP1153 600 3 250 8PQ6000-3BA75 8PQ2025-6BA17
3NP1163 600 3 300 8PQ6000-3BA77 8PQ2030-6BA22
Busbars

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Height Vertical Cable connection

width distribution busbar, form 3
mm mm cascaded
3NP1143 600 3 250 8PQ6000-5BA68 8PQ6000-5BA72
3NP1153 600 3 250 8PQ6000-5BA70 8PQ6000-5BA73
3NP1163 600 3 300 8PQ6000-5BA71 8PQ6000-5BA74
% Fixed version, vertical

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of poles Height No. of circuit breakers Mounting plate Cover
width
mm mm
3NP1123 600 3 250 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA78 8PQ2025-6BA18
800 3 250 1 ... 6 8PQ6000-3BA82 8PQ2025-8BA10
3NP1133 600 3 300 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-3BA78 8PQ2030-6BA23
800 3 300 1 ... 5 8PQ6000-3BA82 8PQ2030-8BA11

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/31

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

■ Overview
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3NJ410 3NJ412 3NJ413 3NJ414
Conventional thermal current
In free air with gG fuses, Ith A 160 250 400 630
For fuse links and isolating blades Size 00 1 2 3
gG according to IEC 60269, In A 160 250 400 630
Rated operating voltage Ue V 690 690 690 690
At 40 Hz ...60 Hz AC
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 800 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 12 12 12
Rated conditional short-circuit current
with fuses, at 500 V AC
With gG fuse (rms value) kA 80/120 120 120 120
Max. permissible power loss per fuse link W 12 32 45 48

4 Rated short-time withstand current ICW

rms value
kA -- 14.5 14.5 14.5

Capacitive switching capacity kvar -- 105 ... 115 155 ... 185 250 ...300
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55, > 35 °C with derating factors
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1400 1400 800 800
Electrical endurance, operating cycles 200 200 200 200
Degree of protection
With closed handle insert, IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30
with side cover and clamps
With open handle insert IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10
Power dissipated from main current lines at Ith W 18 23 54 115
Main conductor connection
Connecting screws M8 M10 M12 M12
Flat rails mm 20 30 30 30
Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor mm2 95 240 240 240
size
Tightening torque Nm 12 ... 15 30 ... 35 35 ... 40 35 ... 40
Bracket/V clamps mm2 1.5 ... 70 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 25 ... 300
Fastening screws M8 M12 M12 M12
Required tightening torque for installation on busbars Nm 16 ... 18 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40

4/32 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

■ Selection and ordering data

General description
• Adjustable-depth mounting plate 1 Fixed version, vertical
• Cut-outs prepared for direct operating mechanism 2 Front frame
5
• Two busbar holders needed per assembly kit.
Configuration
• Two busbar holders are required per assembly kit
• You can find fuse links in Catalogue LV 10, Chapter
"Fuse Systems".

i201_18379b
2

Configuration Article No. Quan- Article No. Article No.

www.siemens.com/ tity www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.

$ Fixed version with cover

• For installation behind section door
• In combination with the swivel front frame, the maximum possible number of
components is reduced by -1

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of Installation Height Circuit Mounting plate Busbar holder Cover
width poles technique breakers
per kit
mm mm
3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 600 3 Fixed 800 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA48 2 × 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2000-6BA06
3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 800 3 Fixed 800 1 ... 6 8PQ6000-2BA48 2 × 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2000-8BA06
Fixed version with modular door
• Operation through the door
• Degree of protection: IP 30

Circuit breaker Compartment No. of Installation Height Circuit Mounting plate Busbar holder Modular door
width poles technique breakers
per kit
mm mm
3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 600 3 Fixed 800 1 ... 4 8PQ6000-2BA48 2 × 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2080-6BA10
3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 800 3 Fixed 800 1 ... 6 8PQ6000-2BA48 2 × 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2080-8BA05
Blanking covers

Panel cut-out Width Blanking covers

mm
3NJ4, size 00 50 3NJ4912-2AA00
3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 100 3NJ4912-2BA00

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/33

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
Separation
Form 3b
• For cable connection at the bottom horizontal partition + crossbar required
Width
mm
600 8PQ5000-1BA70 1 unit
800 8PQ5000-1BA71 1 unit

Horizontal separation
Compartment width
mm

4
400 8PQ5000-3BA44 1 unit
600 8PQ5000-2BA61 1 unit
800 8PQ5000-2BA62 1 unit
Crossbars 8PQ5000-2BA63 1/2 units
• Equipment height in mm: 25

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

4/34 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

■ Technical specifications
Main devices of sizes 00 and 1
Size 00 1
In-line switch disconnectors with fuses LV ...02-3 ...03-1 ...03-3 ...12-3 ...13-1 ...13-3
type 3NJ62... HRC ...02-4 ...04-1 ...03-4 ...12-4 ...14-1 ...13-4
...04-2 ...14-2
BS ...43-3 ...53-3 ...62-3 ...63-3 ...72-3 ...74-1 ...73-3
...62-4 ...63-4 ...72-4 ...74-2 ...73-4

Switching capacity H H H S H H S H
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000
Rated impulse voltage Uimp V 8000
Rated operating current Ie A 63 100 160 - 160 125 160 125 250
For LV HRC fuse links acc. to IEC 60269 - - 00 and 000 1
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88 A3 A3 00T1) B2

4
Rated operating voltage Ue
• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V 690 -- -- 500 690 500 690 690
• At DC V -- -- 230 440 -- -- -- -- 230 440 - -
Utilisation category AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
Rated conditional short-circuit current
• Short-circuit resistance (actual value) kA 100 60 100 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity kA 66 60 55 66 60 55 66
(actual value)
Rated making capacity
• cos ϕ = 0.65 A -- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• cos ϕ = 0.45 A 630 1000 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.35 A -- -- -- -- -- -- 1600 1250 -- -- -- 2500
Rated breaking capacity
• cos ϕ = 0.65 A -- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• cos ϕ = 0.45 A 504 800 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.35 A -- -- -- -- -- -- 1280 1000 -- -- -- 2000
Operating life
Operating cycles total 2000 1600 1600
• Electrical (690 V, cos ϕ = 0.65) 300 200 200
Power dissipated W 7 17 43 78
(no fuse links)
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible operating position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Connection type Main conductor connection
Cable lug connection
• Conductor cross-section mm2 1x 10-95 1x 25-240
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) according to 2x 16-70 2x 25-70
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
• Screw dimensions M8 M12
• Tightening torque Nm 15 30
Clamp connection
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), rm mm2 1x 10-50 1x 16-185
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), re mm2 1x 10-50 1x 16-150
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), sm mm2 1x 16-95 1x 35-240
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), se mm2 1x 16-95 1x 35-300
• Tightening torque required Nm 15 25
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson Fuses (UK) and does not correspond to BS 88.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/35

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

Main devices of sizes 2 and 3
Size 2 3
In-line switch disconnectors with fuses LV ...22-3 ...23-1 ...23-3 ...32-3 ...33-1 ...33-3
type 3NJ62... HRC ...22-4 ...24-1 ...23-4 ...32-4 ...34-1 ...33-4
...24-2 ...34-2
BS ...82-3 ...83-3 ...92-3 ...94-1 ...93-3
...82-4 ...83-4 ...92-4 ...94-2 ...93-4
...33-3
...33-4
Switching capacity H S H H S H
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000
Rated impulse voltage Uimp V 8000
Rated operating current Ie
• For fuse links according to A 400 630 500 630 500
IEC 60269/ BS88
For fuse links according to IEC 60269 2 and 1 3 and 2
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88 B4 3T1)
4 Rated operating voltage Ue
• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V -- -- 690 230 440 500 690 500 690
• At DC V 230 440 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Utilisation category DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
Rated conditional short-circuit current
• Short-circuit resistance (actual value) kA 60 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity kA 60 55 66 60 55 66
(actual value)
Rated making capacity
• cos ϕ = 0.65 A -- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.45 A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.35 A -- -- -- 4000 -- -- -- -- 6300 5000
Rated breaking capacity
• cos ϕ = 0.65 A -- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.45 A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• cos ϕ = 0.35 A -- -- -- 3200 -- -- -- -- 5040 4000
Operating life
Operating cycles total 1000 1000
• Electrical (690 V, cos ϕ = 0.65) 200 200
Power dissipated W 158 357
(no fuse links)
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible operating position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Degree of protection IP41
(in operating conditions)
Connection type Main conductor connection
Cable lug connection
Conductor size mm2 1x 25-300 1x 25-300
• Al/Cu, solid or stranded according to 2x 25-240 2x 25-240
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
• Screw dimensions 2x M12 2x M12
• Tightening torque Nm 30 30
Clamp connection
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), rm mm2 2x 16-185 2x 16-185
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), re mm2 2x 16-150 2x 16-150
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), sm mm2 2x 35-240 2x 35-240
• Conductor size (Al/Cu), se mm2 2x 35-300 2x 35-300
• Tightening torque required Nm 25 25
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson Fuses (UK) and does not correspond to BS 88.

4/36 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

■ Selection and ordering data

Features
• Suitable for 3- and 4-pole busbar arrangement 1 1 Frame

• Degree of protection IP40 2 2 Exterior intermediate upright

• Plug-in in-line switch disconnectors 5 3 Bottom plate partition crossbar

Configuration 4 Interior side upright

• You can find fuse links in Catalogue LV 10, Chapter 5 Head compartment cover
"Fuse Systems". 6 3NJ6 assembly kit
6
• Due to the design of the devices separation 2b already 7 Blanking cover
creates form 3b. 4
8 Device compartment
9 Base compartment cover
7
10 10 Section door / outer cover

4
8

I201_18393c
9 3

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
$ Frame
Height 2000 mm
Width Depth
mm mm
1000 400 8PQ1201-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1201-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1201-8BA03 1 unit
1200 400 8PQ1202-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ1202-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ1202-8BA02 1 unit

% Exterior intermediate uprights 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 unit

For fitting
• Outer covers
• Section doors
• Modular doors

% Bottom plate partition

crossbars
For width 600 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm Quantity
400 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit
600 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA40 1 unit
800 2 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/37
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
( Interior side uprights, without main busbar
• For width from 400 to 1200 mm
• For depth from 600 to 800 mm
Depth in mm
600 8PQ3000-0BA03 1 unit
800

( Interior side uprights, with main busbar at top

• For width from 800 to 1200 mm
Depth in mm

4 400
600
8PQ3000-0BA65
8PQ3000-0BA01
1 unit
1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA02 1 unit

) Head compartment covers

Height Width
mm mm
225 600 8PQ2022-6BA01 1 unit
* Assembly kits for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses
Cu
• Assembly kit without busbar copper
Height Width
mm mm
1600 600 8PQ3000-1BA48 1 unit

Busbar covers 3NJ6916-4EA00 1 unit

• Mounting height 200 mm
• 8 units required per 3NJ6 assembly kit

+ Blanking covers 3NJ6900-4CB00 1 unit

• Mounting height 50 mm

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

4/38 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
, Device compartments
Height Width
mm mm
200 600 8PQ3000-1BA50 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-1BA51 1 unit

- Base compartment covers, IP 4X

Height Width
mm mm
175 600 8PQ2000-6BA07 1 unit
. Section doors – doors with two-way interlocking system
Hinge position Width
mm
Left 400
600
8PQ2197-4BA08
8PQ2197-6BA06
1 unit
1 unit 4
Right 400 8PQ2197-4BA11 1 unit
600 8PQ2197-6BA13 1 unit
. Section doors – doors for semi-cylindrical profile
Semi-cylindrical profile acc. to DIN 18252/18254, 8 × 45°
Hinge position Width
mm
Left 400 8PQ2197-4BA06 1 unit
600 8PQ2197-6BA04 1 unit
Right 400 8PQ2197-4BA07 1 unit
600 8PQ2197-6BA05 1 unit
Separation
Form 2b, equipment compartment
Separation from the main busbar
Position of main busbar Frame depth Width
mm mm
Top, front 400 600 8PQ3000-1BA44 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-1BA45 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-1BA46 1 unit

Top, both sides 800 600 8PQ3000-1BA47 1 unit

Form 2b, cable compartment

Position of main busbar Frame depth Width
mm mm
Top, front 400 400 8PQ3000-0BA67 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA52 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA55 1 unit
400 600 8PQ3000-0BA68 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA53 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA56 1 unit
Top, both sides 800 400 8PQ3000-0BA58 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA60 1 unit

Form 4b, terminal covers

• Terminal covers
- For 2/3-pole devices 3NJ6923-1DA00 1 unit
- Only for 4th pole 3NJ6904-1DA00 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/39
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

Modular devices

■ Selection and ordering data

Features 1 Assembly kit for modular
devices
• Adjustable-depth multi-profile rail, 35 mm 2 Cover
• SIKclip snaps onto rear 3 Front frame

Configuration
• One mounting plate $ for every row
2 1

I201_18390b
4
Configuration Article No. Article No.
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
product?Article No. product?Article No.
Modular devices with cover

Width Rows × MW Row centre distance Height Quantity $ Mounting plate % Cover
mm mm mm
600 1 × 24 150 150 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2015-6BA07
600 1 × 24 200 200 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2020-6BA12
800 1 × 35 150 150 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2015-8BA03
800 1 × 35 200 200 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2020-8BA05

Width Rows × MW Row centre distance Height Quantity $ Mounting plate % Cover
mm mm mm
600 2 × 24 150 300 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2030-6BA07
600 2 × 24 200 400 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2040-6BA10
800 2 × 35 150 300 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2030-8BA03
800 2 × 35 200 400 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2040-8BA10

Width Rows × MW Row centre distance Height Quantity $ Mounting plate % Cover
mm mm mm
600 3 × 24 150 450 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2045-6BA04
600 3 × 24 200 600 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2060-6BA04
800 3 × 35 150 450 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2045-8BA02
800 3 × 35 200 600 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2060-8BA02
Modular devices with modular door

Width Rows × MW Row centre distance Height Quantity Mounting plate Modular door
mm mm mm
600 1 × 24 200 200 1 × 8PQ6000-6BA52 8PQ2020-6BA28
800 1 × 35 200 200 1 × 8PQ6000-6BA53 8PQ2020-8BA14
Supports for raceway fastening

Width Supports
mm
600 8PQ6000-0BA16
800
Blanking strips
Colour RAL 7035 (light grey)

Versions
• For 12 MW (1 MW = 18 mm) 8GK9910-0KK00
• 1 m long without pressure-relief joint, to cut to length 8GK9910-0KK01

4/40 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

SIKclip wiring system

■ Technical specifications
Max. rated operating current In 250 A at 40 °C ambient temperature
Max. rated output current In 63 A at 40 °C ambient temperature
Rated operating voltage Un AC 400 V
Rated insulation voltage 660 V AC
Test voltage 2.5 kV, 50 Hz
Degree of protection IP20
Connecting conductors 40 A (6 mm2), 63 A (10 mm2)
Type of connecting conductor H07VK
Colour RAL 7035
Operating temperature -5 °C to +60 °C
Applicable standards EN 60947-1, EN 60439-3

■ Selection and ordering data

General description
SIKclip is a quick wiring system simplifying the connection of
4
flush-mounted circuit breakers.
• For direct mounting on the rear vertical Cu busbar.
• Fixing with clips onto the back of the DIN rail (top hat rail).

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

SIKclip wiring system

Modular width (MW)
12 5ST2520 1 unit
24 5ST2521 1 unit
36 5ST2522 1 unit

Connecting conductors
Cross-section Length Colour
6 mm2 120 mm Black 5ST2523 10 units
Blue 5ST2524 10 units
220 mm Black 5ST2527 10 units
Blue 5ST2528 10 units

10 mm2 120 mm Black 5ST2525 10 units

Blue 5ST2526 10 units
220 mm Black 5ST2530 10 units
Blue 5ST2531 10 units

Push-in connectors 5ST2532 20 units

Brackets 5ST2533 2 units

• For anchoring to bar of DIN rail
• 1 pair = 2 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/41
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

Mounting plates

■ Overview
Features
• Double section door in combination with inner door and
section-high mounting plates
1 Double section door
2 Inner door
3 Mounting plate, section-high
4 Connecting panel
1

4
4

I202_30327
■ Selection and ordering data
Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

$ Double section doors - double-bit keys

Width Division IP40 IP55

mm mm
1000 600 + 400 8PQ2197-1BA14 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA13 1 unit
1200 600 + 600 8PQ2197-2BA11 1 unit 8PQ2197-2BA10 1 unit
Double section doors - semi-cylindrical profile

Width Division IP40 IP55

mm mm
1000 600 + 400 8PQ2197-1BA16 1 unit 8PQ2197-1BA15 1 unit
1200 600 + 600 8PQ2197-2BA13 1 unit 8PQ2197-2BA12 1 unit
% Inner doors
• Suitable for installation behind section doors
• Cannot be combined with front frame
• Prepared for installation of inner door struts on the rear
• One kit 8PQ2080-0BA07 (2 x 700 mm) each can be fitted at top and bottom

Width Height Inner door Inner door strut

mm mm 700 mm high
600 1900 8PQ2000-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2080-0BA07 1 unit
800 8PQ2000-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2080-0BA07 1 unit
1000 8PQ2000-1BA01 1 unit 8PQ2080-0BA07 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

4/42 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

Mounting plates

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

& Mounting plates, section-high

• Reinforced version for heavy load

Height Width 2 mm 3 mm
mm mm
1600 400 8PQ3000-0BA33 1 unit --
600 8PQ3000-0BA35 1 unit --
800 8PQ3000-0BA37 1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA81 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA06 1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA55 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA07 1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA57 1 unit
1900 400 8PQ3000-0BA32 1 unit --
600
800
8PQ3000-0BA34
8PQ3000-0BA36
1 unit --
1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA80 1 unit 4
1000 8PQ3000-1BA04 1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA56 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA05 1 unit 8PQ3000-2BA58 1 unit
( Connecting panels
• Connects two adjacent mounting plates

Height Connecting panel

mm
1600 8PQ3000-1BA10 1 unit
1900 8PQ3000-1BA08 1 unit
Modular mounting plates
• For use with device support plates for free assembly

Width Height Mounting plate

mm mm
400 150 8PQ3000-2BA60 1 unit
200 8PQ3000-2BA17 1 unit
300 8PQ3000-2BA66 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-2BA18 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-2BA21 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-2BA23 1 unit
600 150 8PQ3000-2BA62 1 unit
200 8PQ3000-1BA56 1 unit
300 8PQ3000-2BA51 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-1BA61 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-1BA65 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-1BA26 1 unit
800 150 8PQ3000-2BA64 1 unit
200 8PQ3000-1BA58 1 unit
300 8PQ3000-2BA53 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-1BA63 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-1BA67 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-1BA28 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/43
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

19" racks

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Mounting frame for 19" rack

• Number of module heights (HE): 39
• 1 module height (HE) = 44.45 mm.
• Swivel frame for left and right hinge position
• The maximum weight of the equipment that can be installed is 160 kg.
Frame width Installation type Mounting kits for
mm 19" rack
600 Fixed 8PQ3000-1BA11 1 unit
800 Swivel 8PQ3000-1BA12 1 unit

4 Fan draw-out units

• Power 45 W
8MR2190-1A 1 unit

• Voltage 230 V
• Series LE 019

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

4/44 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

Mechanical dimensions

■ Overview
Modular mounting plates

Fron
t Z

I201_18271a

Position A B C D E F G H I K L
L in mm 86 106 126 145 175 204 210 229 249 264 284

w in mm 400 600 800

L in mm 153 253 353

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 4/45

 © Siemens AG 2015

Assembly Kits

Mechanical dimensions
Mounting plates

w L
mm mm
400 320
600 520
800 720
1200 1120
3VL moulded case circuit breaker with motorised operating mechanism
Dimensions for equipment combinations Equipment mounting plate installed in the deepest mounting
made up of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame and position. For rear terminal bars, the use of rear vertical partitions
motorised operating mechanism. is limited.
Type Dimensions when set to ON1)
A, above the B, above the C, above the
cover cubicle section door
mm mm mm
VL 160-250 50 -12 -37
VL 400 72 10 -14
VL 630 111 48 23
VL 800 105 43 18
VL 1250/1600 126 62 37
1)
Note: In sectioning position, the dimensions increase from 27 to 32 mm.
Take into account the additional space needed when using padlocks.

4/46 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 5
© Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

5/2 Introduction

5/4 Main busbars

5/7 Vertical busbars

5/9 3WL air circuit breakers

5/11 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP

modular kits

5/15 3VL rear connection

5/20 Mechanical dimensions

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Introduction

■ Overview
Features Benefits
Internal separation is achieved with partitions, covers and • Reduction of possible hazards during connection, scheduled
device enclosures. Enclosed protected compartments are thus maintenance and extraordinary maintenance operations
created. Internal separation results in a higher level of safety for • Attenuation of the consequences of local faults and faster
people and equipment. resumption of regular operation
• Protection against contact between live parts belonging to
adjacent functional units
Form 1 Outgoing feeder panel
• No internal separation
1
2 2
1

I202_29900

5 I201_18216

Form 2b Outgoing feeder panel

+ Separation of the main busbar and the
1 vertical busbar
2 2
1

2
I202_29901

I201_18218

Form 3b Outgoing feeder panel

• Separation of the main busbar and the
1
2 2
vertical busbar
1 + Separation of device compartments

2
I202_29902

I201_18220

Form 4b Outgoing feeder panel

• Separation of the main busbar and the
1 vertical busbar
2 2
1 • Separation of devices
+ Separation of connection points

Functional units

° Connection point
I202_29903

$ Main busbars
I201_18222 % Vertical busbar

5/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Introduction

Main busbar, top Main busbar, bottom

3 3

2 2

33
_ 29 6
I202

1 Separation, main busbar

2 Separation, vertical busbar
3 Touch protection cover, vertical busbar

Features
• Separations vertical busbar % contain openings for cable
routing
• With main busbar at bottom form 2b is mandatory
• Sophisticated ventilation concept

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Main busbars

■ Configuration
One unit per frame division corresponding to the relative
dimensions for equipment compartment or cable compartment.

■ Selection and ordering data

Separation form 2b, main busbar
Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Main busbar at top

• Height: 225 mm

Frame depth Position of Compartment width Separation

main busbar
mm mm
400 Top 200 8PQ3000-1BA52 1 unit
350 8PQ3000-2BA68 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA67 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA68 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA70 1 unit

5 850
1000
8PQ3000-2BA70
8PQ3000-1BA13
1 unit
1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA15 1 unit

600 Top 200 8PQ3000-1BA53 1 unit

350 8PQ3000-2BA71 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA52 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA53 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA54 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA72 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA14 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA16 1 unit

800 Top front/rear 200 8PQ3000-1BA54 1 unit

350 8PQ3000-2BA73 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA55 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA56 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA57 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA74 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA17 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA18 1 unit

800 Top 200 8PQ3000-1BA55 1 unit

350 8PQ3000-2BA75 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA58 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA60 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA61 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA76 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA20 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA21 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Main busbars

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Main busbar at bottom

Frame depth Position of Frame width Separation

mm main busbar mm
400 Bottom 350 8PQ3000-3BA13 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-3BA14 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-3BA15 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA16 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-3BA17 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-3BA18 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-3BA20 1 unit

600 Bottom 350 8PQ3000-3BA22 1 unit

400 8PQ3000-3BA23 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-3BA24 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA25 1 unit
850
1000
1200
8PQ3000-3BA26
8PQ3000-3BA27
8PQ3000-3BA28
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
5

800 Bottom front 350 8PQ3000-3BA40 1 unit

for cable entry 400 8PQ3000-3BA41 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-3BA42 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA43 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-3BA44 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-3BA45 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-3BA46 1 unit

800 Bottom double 350 8PQ3000-3BA31 1 unit

400 8PQ3000-3BA32 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-3BA33 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-3BA34 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-3BA35 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-3BA36 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-3BA37 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Main busbars

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Main busbar at rear

• Height: 250 mm

Frame depth Position of Compartment width Separation

mm main busbar mm
800 Rear 350 8PQ3000-2BA77 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA78 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA80 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA81 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA78 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA22 1 unit
1200 8PQ3000-1BA23 1 unit
Main busbar at rear
• With horizontal separations

Frame depth Position of Frame width Separation

5 mm
800
main busbar
Rear
mm
400 8PQ5000-4BA24 1 unit
600 8PQ5000-4BA25 1 unit
800 8PQ5000-4BA26 1 unit
1000 8PQ5000-4BA27 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Vertical busbars

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

% Vertical busbar, form 2b

Position of Positioning Frame Compartment width
main busbar depth
mm mm
Top -- 400 -- 8PQ4000-0BA05 1 unit
I201_18212

600 -- 8PQ4000-0BA07 1 unit

5
I201_18213

Top On two sides 800 8PQ4000-0BA64 1 unit

I201_18215

Top Front/rear 800 200 8PQ4000-0BA02 1 unit

400 8PQ4000-0BA01 1 unit
I201_18214

Without -- 400 -- 8PQ4000-0BA06 1 unit

600 -- 8PQ4000-0BA03 1 unit
800 -- 8PQ4000-0BA76 1 unit
I201_18215

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/7
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Vertical busbars

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

& Touch protection covers, vertical busbar

• Height 1900 mm
• Not for use with frame depth 400 mm
Compartment width
mm
200 8PQ3000-2BA50 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA51 1 unit

( Vertical separation between sections

5
• Height 1900 mm
• With removable pre-sectioning units for main busbar, top
Frame depth Quantity
mm
400 1 × 8PQ3000-0BA15 1 unit
600 1 × 8PQ3000-0BA16 1 unit
800 2 × 8PQ3000-0BA15 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3WL air circuit breakers

■ Overview
The separation kit for 3WL circuit breakers ensures rear and side
separation. 1 Form 3 separation, vertical
2 Form 4 separation, cable connection
3 Form 4 separation, vertical busbar

I201_18631
5
Cubicle with busbar connections and form 4b separation.

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Form 3 separation, vertical

Module height: 550 mm
Size Modular Compartment width Installation type
cover at the
front
mm
I Door 400 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5000-3BA82 1 unit
600 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5000-3BA82 1 unit
Cover 600 Fixed 8PQ5000-0BA08 1 unit
Draw-out 8PQ5000-0BA07 1 unit
800 Fixed 8PQ5000-1BA65 1 unit
Draw-out 8PQ5000-1BA66 1 unit
II Door 600 Draw-out 8PQ5000-3BA82 1 unit
800 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5000-3BA81 1 unit
Cover 600 Fixed 8PQ5000-0BA13 1 unit
Draw-out 8PQ5000-0BA12 1 unit
800 Fixed 8PQ5000-0BA11 1 unit
Draw-out 8PQ5000-0BA10 1 unit
Note
The separations cannot be used for 3WL1240.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/9
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3WL air circuit breakers

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

% Form 4 separation, cable connection

Installation type: Fixed version and draw-out version
Size Modular Compartment width Section depth Mounting height
cover at the Above circuit Below circuit
front breaker breaker
mm mm mm mm
I Door 400 400 250 300 8PQ5000-3BA84 1 unit
600/800 8PQ5000-4BA00 1 unit
600 400 8PQ5000-3BA86 1 unit
600/800 8PQ5000-4BA01 1 unit
Cover 600 600/800 8PQ5000-0BA30 1 unit
800 600/800 8PQ5000-1BA68 1 unit
II Door 800 600/800 350 400 8PQ5000-4BA02 1 unit
Cover 800 600/800 8PQ5000-0BA38 1 unit

& Form 4 separation, vertical busbars

Installation type: Fixed version and draw-out version
Size Modular Compartment width Section depth Mounting height

5
cover at the Above circuit Below circuit
front breaker breaker
mm mm mm mm
I Door 400 400 250 300 8PQ5000-3BA84 1 unit
600/800 8PQ5000-3BA85 1 unit
600 400 8PQ5000-3BA86 1 unit
600/800 8PQ5000-3BA87 1 unit
Cover 600 600/800 8PQ5000-0BA14 1 unit
800 600/800 8PQ5000-1BA67 1 unit
II Door 800 600/800 300 350 8PQ5000-3BA88 1 unit
Cover 800 600/800 8PQ5000-0BA21 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP modular kits

■ Overview
Features
• Modular system for 3VL, 3VT, 3K and 3NP
• Separation 3b

1
3
2
5
3

4
I201_18363a

1 Separation on the side

2 Horizontal separation

3 Support rails

4 Plug-in rails

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/11

 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP modular kits

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Side separation
• Kit version: Support rails
• Suitable for connection terminals
Mounting height Branch current
mm A
100 -- 8PQ5000-2BA27 1 unit
150 -- 8PQ5000-2BA28 1 unit
200 ≤ 250 8PQ5000-2BA30 1 unit
≥ 400 8PQ5000-2BA31 1 unit
250 ≤ 250 8PQ5000-2BA32 1 unit
≥ 400 8PQ5000-2BA33 1 unit
300 ≤ 250 8PQ5000-2BA34 1 unit
≥ 400 8PQ5000-2BA35 1 unit
350 -- 8PQ5000-2BA36 1 unit
400 -- 8PQ5000-2BA37 1 unit
450 -- 8PQ5000-2BA38 1 unit
500 -- 8PQ5000-2BA40 1 unit

5
550 -- 8PQ5000-2BA41 1 unit
600 -- 8PQ5000-2BA42 1 unit
650 -- 8PQ5000-2BA43 1 unit
700 -- 8PQ5000-2BA44 1 unit
800 -- 8PQ5000-2BA45 1 unit
Side separation
• Kit version: Crossbars
• Suitable for connection terminals
Mounting height Branch current
mm A
400 ≥ 800 8PQ5000-3BA50 1 unit
450 ≥ 800 8PQ5000-2BA65 1 unit
500 ≥ 800 8PQ5000-2BA66 1 unit
600 ≥ 800 8PQ5000-2BA48 1 unit
700 ≥ 800 8PQ5000-2BA50 1 unit
% Horizontal separation
Compartment width
mm
400 8PQ5000-3BA44 1 unit
600 8PQ5000-2BA61 1 unit
800 8PQ5000-2BA62 1 unit
& Crossbars 8PQ5000-2BA63 1/2
• Equipment height in mm: 25 units

( Plug-in rails
Equipment height Busbar system
mm
1600 Top 8PQ3000-0BA82 1 unit
1800 Rear or without 8PQ3000-0BA83 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP modular kits

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

) Rear vertical separation

Not applicable for frame depth 400
Compartment width Mounting height
mm mm
600 50 8PQ5000-2BA51 1 unit
100 8PQ5000-2BA52 1 unit
150 8PQ5000-2BA53 1 unit
200 8PQ5000-2BA54 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-2BA55 1 unit
300 8PQ5000-2BA56 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-2BA57 1 unit
450 8PQ5000-2BA58 1 unit
550 8PQ5000-2BA60 1 unit
800 50 8PQ5000-2BA67 1 unit
100 8PQ5000-2BA68 1 unit
200 8PQ5000-2BA70 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-2BA71 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-2BA72 1 unit
400 8PQ5000-2BA73 1 unit
450 8PQ5000-2BA74 1 unit
3VL moulded case circuit breakers
) Draw-out version, form 4a
Compart- Frame depth Circuit No. of poles Module Cable
5
ment width breaker height connection
mm mm mm
600 400 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front 8PQ5000-1BA76 1 unit
VL400 3/4 300 Front 8PQ5000-1BA77 1 unit
600, 800 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front, rear 8PQ5000-1BA82 1 unit
VL400 3/4 300 Front, rear 8PQ5000-1BA84 1 unit
1)
VL630 3/4 Front, rear
800 400 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front 8PQ5000-2BA75 1 unit
VL400 3/4 300 Front 8PQ5000-2BA76 1 unit
600, 800 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front, rear 8PQ5000-2BA80 1 unit
VL400 3/4 300 Front, rear 8PQ5000-2BA86 1 unit
1)
VL630 to 3/4
VL1600
1)
Select separations according to the dimensions from modular separation
kits for vertical side and/or rear.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/13
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP modular kits

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Accessories
Connecting terminals xa
• Upgrade for separation 3b to 4a.
Package contents Rated current In Busbar
A mm × mm
4 units -- None 8PQ5000-0BA05 1 unit

2 units 250 2 × 25 × 5 8PQ5000-0BA72 1 unit

5 4 units 400 1 × 30 × 10 8PQ5000-0BA73 1 unit

630 1 × 40 × 10 8PQ5000-0BA74 1 unit

Protective bellows xb 8PQ9400-0BA71 4 units

• Upgrade from 4b in combination with connecting terminals

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL rear connection

■ Overview ■ Configuration
Features • One basic module $ and vertical separation % required for
each separation kit
• Modular system for rear device connection
• Horizontal separation & forms top and bottom termination and
• Connection is made by means of flexible insulated busbars
is required once for each sub-segment.

■ Selection and ordering data

Front of cubicle

5
4

4 1

4
I201_18380a

1 Basic module
2 Vertical separation
3 Horizontal separation
4 Sub-segments

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/15

 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL rear connection

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
$ Basic modules
Compartment width Module height
mm mm
600 150 8PQ5000-3BA65 1 unit
200 8PQ5000-3BA66 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA67 1 unit
300 8PQ5000-3BA68 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-3BA70 1 unit
400 8PQ5000-4BA03 1 unit
800 200 8PQ5000-3BA77 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA78 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-3BA80 1 unit
400 8PQ5000-4BA04 1 unit
450 8PQ5000-4BA05 1 unit
% Vertical separation
Compartment width Module height
mm mm
600 150 8PQ5000-3BA52 1 unit
200 8PQ5000-3BA53 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA54 1 unit
300 8PQ5000-3BA55 1 unit
5 350
400
8PQ5000-3BA56
8PQ5000-4BA06
1 unit
1 unit
800 200 8PQ5000-3BA58 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA60 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-3BA61 1 unit
400 8PQ5000-4BA07 1 unit
450 8PQ5000-4BA08 1 unit
& Horizontal separation
• Forms the top and bottom terminations
• Required 1 × for each sub-segment
• 1 set = 2 units
Compartment width
mm
600 8PQ5000-3BA63 1 unit
800 8PQ5000-3BA64 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL rear connection

■ Configuration
For circuit breaker sizes as from VL400, a cable connection
panel must be additionally planned on the rear.

Front of cubicle

5
2

3
I201_18607

1 Basic module, rear connection

2 Cable connection compartment
3 Cover plate for cable connection compartment

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/17

 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL rear connection

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
$ Basic modules
Compartment width Module height
mm mm
600 150 8PQ5000-3BA65 1 unit
200 8PQ5000-3BA66 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA67 1 unit
300 8PQ5000-3BA68 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-3BA70 1 unit
800 200 8PQ5000-3BA77 1 unit
250 8PQ5000-3BA78 1 unit
350 8PQ5000-3BA80 1 unit

% Cable connection compartments

• Cables are connected via 8WH terminal blocks; see Catalogue LV 52
• Kit prepared for mounting of DIN rails
• Not included in scope of supply
Versions No. of poles Module height
mm
VL160X, VL160 3 150 8PQ6000-5BA13 1 unit
VL160X, VL160 4 200/2501) 8PQ6000-5BA14 1 unit

5
1)
Height of compartment for draw-out version. The height of the cable con-
nection compartment does not change and is the same for the fixed version
and the plug-in version.
Cable connecting bars made of copper
Versions No. of poles Module height
mm
VL250 3 150 8PQ6000-5BA15 1 unit
4 200/2501) 8PQ6000-5BA17 1 unit
VL400 3 200 8PQ6000-5BA18 1 unit
4 250/3001) 8PQ6000-5BA20 1 unit
VL630 3 300 8PQ6000-5BA21 1 unit
4 350 8PQ6000-5BA22 1 unit
1)
Height of compartment for draw-out version. The height of the cable con-
nection compartment does not change and is the same for the fixed version
and the plug-in version.
& Cover plates
Versions No. of poles Module height
mm
VL160X, VL160, VL250 3 150 8PQ5000-3BA71 1 unit
VL160X, VL160, VL250 4 200 8PQ5000-3BA72 1 unit
VL400 3 200 8PQ5000-3BA73 1 unit
4 250 8PQ5000-3BA74 1 unit
VL630 3 300 8PQ5000-3BA75 1 unit
4 350 8PQ5000-3BA76 1 unit

$ Basic modules, fixed version

Compartment width Module height
mm mm
600 350 8PQ5000-3BA70 1 unit
400 8PQ5000-4BA03 1 unit
800 400 8PQ5000-4BA04 1 unit
450 8PQ5000-4BA05 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

5/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

3VL rear connection

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
% Connection modules, complete, fixed version
Compart- Circuit No. of Operating mechanism type Height
ment width breaker poles
mm mm
600 VL800 3 Direct 350 8PQ6000-5BA87 1 unit
Motor/door coupling 350 8PQ6000-5BA88 1 unit
Rotary 350 8PQ6000-6BA00 1 unit
4 Direct 400 8PQ6000-6BA25 1 unit
Motor/door coupling 400 8PQ6000-6BA26 1 unit
Rotary 400 8PQ6000-6BA24 1 unit
800 VL800 3/4 Direct 400 8PQ6000-6BA25 1 unit
Motor/door coupling 400 8PQ6000-6BA26 1 unit
Rotary 400 8PQ6000-6BA24 1 unit
VL1250 3/4 Direct 450 8PQ6000-6BA01 1 unit
Motor/door coupling 450 8PQ6000-6BA02 1 unit
VL1600 3/4 Direct 450 8PQ6000-6BA03 1 unit
Motor/door coupling 450 8PQ6000-6BA04 1 unit
$ Basic modules, draw-out version
Compartment width Module height
mm mm
800 500 8PQ5000-4BA10 1 unit

% Connection modules, complete, draw-out version

Compart- Circuit No. of Operating mechanism type Height
ment width breaker poles
mm mm
800 VL800 3/4 Direct 500 8PQ6000-6BA05 1 unit
VL1250
VL1600

Cable entries 8PQ9400-0BA16 1/20 units

1 pack = 20 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 5/19
 © Siemens AG 2015

Internal Separation

Mechanical dimensions

■ Overview
Connecting terminals

Busbar arrangement
40,0
85,0

30,0
5,0

10,0 10,0
25,0

up to 250 A up to 400 A up to 630 A

i201_18292

5/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 6
© Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Frame
6/2 8GK4 system

Enclosure
6/4 Panelling sections
6/10 Mechanical dimensions

Assembly kits for unequipped

distribution boards
6/14 Modular devices
6/14 Terminal blocks
6/15 Empty sections
6/16 Mounting plates
6/17 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
6/18 3VA moulded case circuit breakers ,
3VL moulded case circuit breakers,
I201_18887

3VT, 3KA switch disconnectors

6/20 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors
6/20 Bus-mounting fuse bases
6/22 Accessories

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Frame
8GK4 system

■ Overview
Configuration
1 Adapter ALPHA system
• Heights 1650 for sections with main busbar at top
2 Crossbars
• Heights 1800 for sections without main busbar 1
3 Uprights

6 4 Support for section-high

equipment > 30 kg
5 Touch protection cover
6 8GK Assembly kit

I201_18388a
5
3
3

2
4

Configuration for cubicles without main busbar

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

6 Frame
Height: 2000 mm
Width Depth
mm mm
350 400 8PQ1200-4BA15 1 unit
600 8PQ1200-6BA14 1 unit
800 8PQ1200-8BA01 1 unit
600 400 8PQ1206-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1206-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1206-8BA01 1 unit
850 400 8PQ1200-4BA16 1 unit
600 8PQ1200-6BA15 1 unit
800 8PQ1200-8BA02 1 unit

$ Adapters 8PQ3000-1BA74 1 unit

• For installing the ALPHA system
• 1 set = 4 units

% Crossbars
1 set = 2 units
Height Frame width Width 8GK
mm mm mm
-- 350 250 8PQ3000-1BA76 1 unit
-- 600 500 8PQ3000-1BA78 1 unit
-- 850 750 8PQ3000-1BA80 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Frame
8GK4 system

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

& Uprights
1 set = 2 units
Height Frame width Width 8GK
mm mm mm
1650 -- -- 8PQ3000-2BA88 1 unit
1800 8PQ3000-1BA82 1 unit

( Supports
• 1 set = 2 units
• For section-high equipment > 30 kg
Height Frame width Width 8GK
mm mm mm
1800 -- -- 8PQ3000-1BA75 1 unit
) Touch protection covers
• For section doors
Height Frame width Width 8GK
mm mm mm
1650 350 -- 8PQ3000-2BA85 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-2BA86 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA87 1 unit
1800 350 -- 8PQ3000-2BA45 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-2BA46 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA47 1 unit
• For frame panelling

6
Height Frame width Width 8GK
mm mm mm
1650 350 -- 8PQ3000-2BA82 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-2BA83 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA84 1 unit
1800 350 -- 8PQ3000-1BA83 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-1BA84 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-1BA85 1 unit

* Frame panelling or optionally doors, see panelling sections on

page 6/4.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/3
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

■ Overview

6
4

1 Base 4 Side panel I201_18204b

2 Bottom plate 5 Top plate

3 Rear panel 6 Doors / Alternatively, frame panelling

6/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

$ Base corner pieces with front cover

Height in mm Width in mm Height 100 mm

100 350 8PQ1010-0BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1016-0BA01 1 unit
850 8PQ1010-0BA02 1 unit

Height in mm Width in mm Height 200 mm

200 350 8PQ1020-0BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1026-0BA01 1 unit
850 8PQ1020-0BA02 1 unit

6
Base reinforcements for transport
Height: 100 mm
Width in mm Depth in mm Height 100 mm
350 -- 8PQ1010-0BA06 1 unit
600 -- 8PQ1016-0BA02 1 unit
850 -- 8PQ1010-0BA07 1 unit
-- 400 8PQ1014-0BA02 1 unit
-- 600 8PQ1016-0BA02 1 unit
-- 800 8PQ1018-0BA02 1 unit

Base covers, lateral

Height: 100 mm
Depth in mm Height 100 mm
400 8PQ1010-4BA01 1 unit
600 8PQ1010-6BA01 1 unit
800 8PQ1010-8BA01 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No.

% Bottom plates
For 800 mm deep frames, order two 400 mm deep bottom plates in the corresponding width.

Depth in mm Width in mm IP55 IP40

cable entry
400 350 8PQ2300-4BA16 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA18 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-4BA17 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA20 1 unit
600 350 8PQ2300-6BA20 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA22 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA06 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-6BA21 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA23 1 unit
% Bottom plates for main busbar, bottom

Depth in mm Width in mm IP20

400 350 8PQ2300-4BA23 1 unit --
600 8PQ2306-4BA10 1 unit --
850 8PQ2300-4BA24 1 unit --
6 600 350
600
8PQ2300-6BA25
8PQ2306-6BA16
1 unit --
1 unit --
850 8PQ2300-6BA26 1 unit --
800 350 8PQ2300-8BA10 1 unit --
600 8PQ2306-8BA05 1 unit --
850 8PQ2300-8BA11 1 unit --
% Bottom plates for main busbar, bottom with cable entry
• Bottom plates for cable entry cover the front area of the main busbar
• In the rear area bottom plates with cable entries are additionally required

Depth in mm Width in mm Depth 400 Depth 400

For cable entry Cable entry
400 350 8PQ2300-8BA12 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA18 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA06 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-8BA13 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA20 1 unit
& Rear panels

Width in mm IP40 IP55

350 8PQ2420-0BA01 1 unit 8PQ2420-0BA03 1 unit
600 8PQ2420-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-6BA01 1 unit
850 8PQ2420-0BA02 1 unit 8PQ2420-0BA04 1 unit
( Side panels
1 set = 2 units

Depth in mm IP40 IP55

with design strip
400 8PQ2520-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2520-4BA02 1 unit
600 8PQ2520-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2520-6BA02 1 unit
800 8PQ2520-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2520-8BA02 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article product?Article No. product?Article
No. No.

) Top plates

Depth in mm Width in mm IP40 IPX1 IP55 IP40

upgrade with cable entry
400 350 8PQ2300-4BA06 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA11 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA14 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-4BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-4BA03 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-4BA07 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA12 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA05 1 unit 8PQ2300-4BA15 1 unit
600 350 8PQ2300-6BA13 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA15 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA11 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA17 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-6BA03 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-6BA14 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA16 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2300-6BA18 1 unit
800 350 8PQ2300-8BA03 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA05 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA07 1 unit
600 8PQ2306-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA01 1 unit 8PQ2306-8BA03 1 unit
850 8PQ2300-8BA04 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA06 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA02 1 unit 8PQ2300-8BA08 1 unit

Configuration Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/ Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No. product?Article No. product?Article No.

* Doors with two-way interlocking system

6
Hinge position Width in mm IP40 IP55 IP55,
with window
Left 350 8PQ2197-0BA03 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA06 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA06 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA03 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA10 1 unit
850 8PQ2197-0BA04 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA07 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA01 1 unit
Right 350 8PQ2197-0BA16 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA18 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA13 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA12 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA14 1 unit
850 8PQ2197-0BA17 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA20 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA21 1 unit
Doors for semi-cylindrical profile
• Semi-cylindrical profile acc. to DIN 18252/18254
• 8 × 45°

Hinge position Width in mm IP40 IP55 IP55,

with window
Left 350 8PQ2197-0BA34 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA31 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA04 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA01 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA07 1 unit
850 8PQ2197-0BA35 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA32 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA33 1 unit
Right 350 8PQ2197-0BA40 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA36 1 unit --
600 8PQ2197-6BA05 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA02 1 unit 8PQ2197-6BA08 1 unit
850 8PQ2197-0BA41 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA37 1 unit 8PQ2197-0BA38 1 unit
$ Frame panelling
• Degree of protection IP30
• Cannot be combined with doors

Hinge position Width in mm IP30

-- 350 8PQ2197-0BA11 1 unit
600 8PQ2197-6BA11 1 unit
800 8PQ2197-8BA11 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/7
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Accessories
Flat cylinder/two-way interlocking mechanisms
Versions
• Rotary handles with flat cylinder 8PQ9400-0BA07 1 unit
- identical key type
- including key

• Rotary handles with two-way interlocking mechanism 8PQ9400-0BA08 1 unit

• Coupling bars 8PQ9400-0BA27 1 unit

6
• Locking rods 8PQ9400-0BA37 1 unit

• Bar guides 8PQ9400-0BA36 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Panelling sections

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Semi-cylindrical profiles
Versions
• Rotary handles with semi-cylindrical profile 8PQ9400-0BA41 1 unit

• Coupling bars 8PQ9400-0BA28 1 unit

• Locking rods 8PQ9400-0BA38 1 unit

• Bar guides 8PQ9400-0BA36 1 unit

6
• Semi-cylindrical profile 8PQ9400-0BA26 1 unit
- acc. to DIN 18252/18254
- 8 × 45° adjustable
- identical key type
- further lock systems (RONIS, VW) on request
- including key

Door hinges 8PQ9400-0BA55 1/2 units

1 set = 2 units

Cubicle keys 8PQ9400-0BA12 1 unit

• 3 mm double bit
• 1 pack = 10 units

Inner door struts 8PQ2197-0BA10 1 unit

• For use with section doors
• 1 pair = 2 units
• Height 1975 mm

Cubicle ID plates 8PQ9400-0BA06 1 unit

SIVACON designed by Siemens

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/9
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Mechanical dimensions

■ Overview
Frame

w d h
Width Depth Height
mm mm mm
350 400 2000
600 600
850 800

Floor anchoring of frame without base

6

d L2 w L1 d L1 w L1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
400 350 350 200 400 350 350 260
600 550 600 450 600 550 600 510
800 750 850 700 800 750 850 760

6/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Mechanical dimensions
Base

d L2 w L1
mm mm mm mm
400 350 350 200
600 550 600 450
800 750 850 700
Door, rear panel and side panel, with and without design strip 6
9

rear panel
25

side panel side panel

with without
d

design strip design strip

door

45 w
25

I201_18241

Top plate upgraded to IPX1

55 55
12

Front view Side view

50

d
w I201_18244
I201_18243

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/11

 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Mechanical dimensions
Top plate with cable entry

6
Article No. Depth Width L L1 L2 Position
Min. opening Max. opening Cable entry
mm mm mm mm mm
8PQ2300-4BA14 400 350 265 38 125

8PQ2306-4BA03 600 465 38 125

8PQ2300-4BA15 850 665 38 125

8PQ2300-6BA17 600 350 715 38 125

8PQ2306-6BA03 600 465 38 165

8PQ2300-6BA18 850 715 38 165

8PQ2300-8BA07 800 350 665 38 125

8PQ2306-8BA03 600 665 38 165

8PQ2300-8BA08 850 715 38 165

6/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Enclosure
Mechanical dimensions
Bottom plate with cable entry

6
Article No. Depth Width L L1 L2 Position
Min. opening Max. opening Cable entry
mm mm mm mm mm
8PQ2300-4BA15 400 350 265 38 125

8PQ2306-4BA06 600 465 38 125

8PQ2300-4BA20 850 715 38 125

8PQ2300-4BA22 600 350 465 38 125

8PQ2306-6BA06 600 465 38 165

8PQ2300-6BA23 850 715 38 165

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/13

 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits, for modular devices

• Row centre distance 150 mm, without N/PE bar
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: mounting plates, front cover
with supports, screws and fasteners
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm Rows/MW
Height Width
150 250 1/12 8GK4351-1KK12 1 unit
500 1/24 8GK4351-1KK22 1 unit
750 1/36 8GK4351-1KK32 1 unit
8GK4351-1KK12
300 250 2/24 8GK4351-2KK12 1 unit
500 2/48 8GK4351-2KK22 1 unit
750 2/72 8GK4351-2KK32 1 unit

8GK4351-2KK12
450 250 3/36 8GK4351-3KK12 1 unit
500 3/72 8GK4351-3KK22 1 unit
750 3/108 8GK4351-3KK32 1 unit

6 8GK4351-3KK12
600 250 4/48 8GK4351-4KK12 1 unit
500 4/96 8GK4351-4KK22 1 unit
750 4/144 8GK4351-4KK32 1 unit

8GK4351-4KK12
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm come with 7.5 mm DIN rails.
• The assembly kits with widths of 500/750 mm come with 15 mm DIN rails.
Assembly kits for horizontal terminal blocks
• Terminal blocks with graded design, separate
• With closed front cover
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: mounting plates, front cover
with supports, screws and fasteners
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
8GK4401-3KK32 Height Width
150 250 8GK4401-1KK12 1 unit
300 250 8GK4401-2KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4401-2KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4401-2KK32 1 unit
450 250 8GK4401-3KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4401-3KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4401-3KK32 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits for vertical terminal blocks

• Terminal blocks, separate
• With closed front cover
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: mounting plates, front cover
with supports, screws and fasteners
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
Height Width
8GK4402-4KK12 300 250 8GK4402-2KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4402-2KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4402-2KK32 1 unit
450 250 8GK4402-3KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4402-3KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4402-3KK32 1 unit
600 250 8GK4402-4KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4402-4KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4402-4KK32 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
Front cover assembly kit, for measuring instruments 8GK4500-2KK20 1 unit

6
8GK4500-2KK20
Assembly kits for empty sections
• Gray
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: front cover including
supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
Height Width
75 250 8GK4501-0KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-0KK22 1 unit
8GK4501-4KK12
150 250 8GK4501-1KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-1KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4501-1KK32 1 unit
300 250 8GK4501-2KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-2KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4501-2KK32 1 unit
450 250 8GK4501-3KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-3KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4501-3KK32 1 unit
600 250 8GK4501-4KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-4KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4501-4KK32 1 unit
750 250 8GK4501-5KK12 1 unit
500 8GK4501-5KK22 1 unit
750 8GK4501-5KK32 1 unit
Note
In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/15
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits for empty sections with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm

• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: front cover including
supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
Height Width
300 250 8GK4501-2KK13 1 unit
500 8GK4501-2KK23 1 unit
8GK4501-3KK23 750 8GK4501-2KK33 1 unit
450 250 8GK4501-3KK13 1 unit
500 8GK4501-3KK23 1 unit
750 8GK4501-3KK33 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The cover 8GK9912-0KK00 is additionally required for mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors
(see page 17.3/21 in Catalogue LV 10).
Assembly kits with mounting plates
• With closed front cover
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: mounting plate, front cover
including supports, mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External kit dimensions in mm Mounting plate dimensions in mm
Height Width Height Width

6
300 250 245 207.5 8GK4451-2KK12 1 unit
500 457.5 8GK4451-2KK22 1 unit
8GK4451-4KK12 750 707.5 8GK4451-2KK32 1 unit
450 250 395 207.5 8GK4451-3KK12 1 unit
500 457.5 8GK4451-3KK22 1 unit
750 707.5 8GK4451-3KK32 1 unit
600 250 545 207.5 8GK4451-4KK12 1 unit
500 457.5 8GK4451-4KK22 1 unit
750 707.5 8GK4451-4KK32 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10)
• If the mounting plate is fitted so that it extends over several cubicle widths, no upright can be placed
in the middle.
Cubicle-high mounting plates
• With fixing screws
• Sendzimir-galvanised sheet steel
• For mounting on uprights or rear panel
• No covers possible
Cubicle interior dimensions in mm Mounting plate dimensions in mm
Height Width Height Width
1800 250 1680 242 8GK9533-0KK10 1 unit
500 492 8GK9533-0KK20 1 unit
750 742 8GK9533-0KK30 1 unit
8GK9533-0KK10 1000 992 8GK9533-0KK40 1 unit
1250 1242 8GK9533-0KK50 1 unit
Note
One mounting plate as wide as the cubicle is always required for mounting on the rear panel.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

for mounting on support plate
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: Support plate, front cover
including supports, moulded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
No. of assembly kits of Fuse switch disconnectors Height in mm Width in mm
size
8GK4550-2KK22 2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1123... / 3NP1 133... 300 250 8GK4550-2KK12 1 unit
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4550-2KK22 1 unit
1×1 1 × 3NP1143… 450 250 8GK4550-3KK12 1 unit
2×1 2 × 3NP1143… 500 8GK4550-3KK22 1 unit
1×2 1 × 3NP1153… 450 250 8GK4551-3KK12 1 unit
1×3 1 × 3NP1163… 500 8GK4551-3KK22 1 unit
Accessories
• Cover 3NP1123... size 000 (required for size 000 fuse switch disconnectors only) 8GK9912-0KK00 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10)
• The cover 8GK9912-0KK00 is additionally required for mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors
(see page 17.3/21 in Catalogue LV 10).
Assembly kits, for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
for mounting on busbars
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: front cover including sup-
ports, moulded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and

6
reliable attachment to the supports
Note
The copper busbar and the busbar holders must be ordered separately (see page 17.4/22 in
8GK4650-2KK12 Catalogue LV 10).
No. of assembly kits of Fuse switch disconnectors Height in mm Width in mm
size
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1123 ... / 3NP1133... 300 250 8GK4650-2KK12 1 unit
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1123 ... / 3NP1133... 500 8GK4650-2KK22 1 unit
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1123 ... / 3NP1133... 450 250 8GK4650-3KK12 1 unit
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1123 ... / 3NP1133... 500 8GK4650-3KK22 1 unit
1×1 1 × 3NP1143… 450 250 8GK4651-3KK12 1 unit
2×1 2 × 3NP1143… 500 8GK4651-3KK22 1 unit
1×2 1 × 3NP1153… 250 8GK4652-3KK12 1 unit
Accessories
• Cover 3NP1123 ... size 000 (required for size 000 fuse switch disconnectors only) 8GK9912-0KK00 1 unit
• Busbar holders
- 40 mm, 5-pole 8GK9650-0KK00 1 unit
- 60 mm, 3-pole 8GK9711-0KK03 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The cover 8GK9912-0KK00 is additionally required for mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors
(see page 17.3/21 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/17
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits, for 3VA10.. and 3VA11.. moulded case circuit breakers (100 A/160 A)
External dimensions in mm
Height Width Possible circuit Operating RCD
breakers mechanism
450 250 1 -- -- 8GK4730-2KK12 1 unit
Motor -- 8GK4734-2KK12 1 unit
Motor Infeed side 8GK4734-3KK12 1 unit
-- Infeed side 8GK4731-3KK12 1 unit
500 3 -- -- 8GK4730-2KK22 1 unit
8GK4730-2KK12
Motor -- 8GK4734-2KK22 1 unit
Motor Infeed side 8GK4734-3KK22 1 unit
-- Infeed side 8GK4731-3KK22 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see chapter 17.3 in Catalogue LV 10).
Assembly kits, for 3VA20.. and 3VA22.. moulded case circuit breakers (100 A/160 A/250 A)
External dimensions in mm
Height Width Possible circuit Operating RCD
breakers mechanism
450 250 1 -- -- 8GK4730-3KK10 1 unit
500 3 -- -- 8GK4730-3KK20 1 unit
600 250 1 Motor Infeed side 8GK4736-4KK12 1 unit
-- Infeed side 8GK4735-4KK12 1 unit
500 3 Motor Infeed side 8GK4736-4KK22 1 unit
8GK4730-3KK10
6 Note
-- Infeed side 8GK4735-4KK22 1 unit

• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see chapter 17.3 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers and 3VT switch disconnectors
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: Support plate, front cover
including supports, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
Versions External dimensions in mm
Height Width
• 3- and 4-pole , 3VL moulded case circuit breakers
- 1 × 3VL160/3VL160X 300 250 8GK4701-2KK12 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL160X, 1 × 3VL160, 1 × 3VL250 450 8GK4701-3KK12 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL400 600 8GK4702-4KK12 1 unit
• 3-pole, 3VL moulded case circuit breakers
- 1 × 3VL630 600 250 8GK4703-4KK13 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL800 8GK4704-4KK15 1 unit
• 3-pole/4-pole, 3VL moulded case circuit breakers
8GK4704-4KK13 - 1 × 3VL630 600 500 8GK4704-4KK13 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL800 8GK4704-4KK25 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL1250/1600 8GK4705-4KK25 1 unit
• 3-pole and 4-pole, 3VT switch disconnectors
- 2 × 3VT 1 300 250 8GK4710-2KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VT 2 450 8GK4710-3KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VT 3 600 8GK4710-4KK10 1 unit
• For installation with mounted RCD module
8GK4721-3KK10 - 1 × 3VL160X + RCD 450 250 8GK4720-3KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL160/3VL250 + RCD 8GK4721-3KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL400 + RCD 750 250 8GK4720-5KK10 1 unit
• For installation with rotary front operating mechanism

6
- 1 × 3VL160X/VL160/VL250 450 250 8GK4722-3KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL400 600 8GK4722-4KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL630 3-pole 8GK4723-4KK10 1 unit
- 1 × 3VL630 4-pole 500 8GK4721-4KK20 1 unit
Note
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
8GK4722-3KK10 every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
Assembly kits for 3KA switch disconnectors on support plate
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
Type Height in mm Width in mm

• 1 × 3KA 50/51/52/53 (3-pole units only) 300 250 8GK4707-3KK17 1 unit

• 1 × 3KA 55/57/58 500 8GK4707-4KK27 1 unit
Note
8GK4707-3KK17 • In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/19
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits, for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: front cover for empty sections
including supports, busbar holders on support plate, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
• Note: Values specified below in parentheses apply to in-line units with fixing claws
Versions External dimensions in mm
Height Width
• Pole centre distance of 100 mm,
with busbar holder
- 4 (3) × 3NJ4, size 00 600 250 8GK4751-4KK13 1 unit
- 9 (8) × 3NJ4, size 00 500 8GK4751-4KK23 1 unit
- 14 (13) × 3NJ4, size 00 750 8GK4751-4KK33 1 unit

8GK4751-4KK33
• Blanking covers
- Size 00 299 50 3NJ4912-2CA00 1 unit

3NJ4912-2CA00
• Pole centre distance of 185 mm,
with busbar holder
6 - 2 × 3NJ4, size 1-3
- 4 × 3NJ4, size 1-3
750
750
250
500
8GK4752-5KK15
8GK4752-5KK25
1 unit
1 unit
- 7 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 750 8GK4752-5KK35 1 unit
I201_10744

8GK4752-5KK35
• Blanking covers
- Size 00 699 50 3NJ4912-2AA00 1 unit
- Sizes 1-3 699 100 3NJ4912-2BA00 1 unit

3NJ4912-2.A00
Note
• Max. rated current of 630 A!
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The copper busbar must be ordered separately.
• The kits for sizes 1-3 can only be installed in a depth of 320 mm.
• If the assembly kits are fully equipped, an incoming feeder bay is required.
• If mounting the in-line fuse switch disconnectors with 3NJ4 911-3AA00 busbar terminals, the assem-
bly kits cannot be fully equipped.
Assembly kits, for bus-mounting fuse bases, for mounting on busbar systems
• 3-pole
• Pole centre distance 60 mm
• 7 × NEOZED D02
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: front cover including
supports, busbar holders for bus-mounting fuse bases, screws and mounting accessories
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
8GK4801-3KK12 Height Width
300 250 8GK4801-2KK12 1 unit
450 250 8GK4801-3KK12 1 unit
Note
• Busbar holder not included in scope of supply
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The copper busbar must be ordered separately (see chapter 17.5 in Catalogue LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Assembly kits, for busbar-adaptable devices, SR60

• Pole centre distance of 60 mm
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising: deep-drawn front cover with
supports
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and
reliable attachment to the supports
External dimensions in mm
Height Width
8GK4801-2KK13 300 250 8GK4801-2KK13 1 unit
500 8GK4801-2KK23 1 unit
750 8GK4801-2KK33 1 unit
450 250 8GK4801-3KK13 1 unit
500 8GK4801-3KK23 1 unit
750 8GK4801-3KK33 1 unit
Note
• Busbar holder (8GK9711-0KK03) not included in scope of supply
• For configuration of 8GK4 assembly kits for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm, see page 6/14.
• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
2 uprights are required for every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately
(see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
• The copper busbar and the busbar holders must be ordered separately
(see chapter 17 in Catalogue LV 10).
Supports for blanking cover 8US1922-2EA00 4 units

6
8US1922-2EA00
Blanking covers 8US1922-2EB00 2 units

8US1922-2EB00
8GE assembly kits for meter mounting 8GE3713-4 1 unit
• For meter mounting (not standardised, 375 mm)
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not standardised, only for internal
measurements, comprising: meter support plate with all-round partitions, screws and
mounting accessories
• Assembly kit dimensions H × W (mm): 450 × 250
• Section size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
Note
I2_08085

• In order to mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards, 2 uprights are required for
every assembly kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.5/7 in Catalogue LV 10).
8GE3713-4

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/21
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

For assembly kits

Busbar holders
with matching support plate
Versions
8GK9650-0KK00
• 1-pole 5SH3540 1 unit
- For copper busbars, 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
• 3-pole 8GK9711-0KK03 1 unit
- Pole centre distance of 60 mm
- For copper busbars, 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
- For bus-mounting fuse bases and switch disconnectors used together with assembly kits
(mounting directly on the uprights)
• 4-pole 8US1923-4AA00 10 units
- Pole centre distance of 60 mm
- For copper busbars, 12 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
- Interior mounting
8GK9711-0KK03 - Width: 20 mm
• 5-pole 8GK9650-0KK00 1 unit
- Pole centre distance of 40 mm
- For copper busbars, 12 × 5 (10) mm
and for mounting 3NP fuse switch disconnectors
- Height 300 mm
Copper busbars
Versions
8GK973. • Cu cross-section 12 × 5 mm, current 250 A
- Length 250 8GK9731-0KK10 5 units
- Length 500 8GK9731-0KK20 5 units
6 - Length 750
- Length 1000
8GK9731-0KK30
8GK9731-0KK40
5 units
5 units
- Length 1250 8GK9731-0KK50 5 units
• Cu cross-section 20 × 5 mm, current 320 A
- Length 250 8GK9733-0KK10 5 units
- Length 500 8GK9733-0KK20 5 units
- Length 750 8GK9733-0KK30 5 units
- Length 1000 8GK9733-0KK40 5 units
- Length 1250 8GK9733-0KK50 5 units
• Cu cross-section 30 × 5 mm, current 450 A
- Length 250 8GK9735-0KK10 5 units
- Length 500 8GK9735-0KK20 5 units
- Length 750 8GK9735-0KK30 5 units
- Length 1000 8GK9735-0KK40 5 units
- Length 1250 8GK9735-0KK50 5 units
• Cu cross-section 30 × 10 mm, current 630 A
- Length 250 8GK9736-0KK10 5 units
- Length 500 8GK9736-0KK20 5 units
- Length 750 8GK9736-0KK30 5 units
- Length 1000 8GK9736-0KK40 5 units
- Length 1250 8GK9736-0KK50 5 units
Supports for front cover 8GK9910-0KK30 5 sets
• Long version
• Material plastic
• 1 set = 4 supports

8GK9910-0KK30
N/PE bars as plug-in terminal
for mounting on uprights at a 30° inclination
Versions
8GK9910-0KK11 • With 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 8GK9910-0KK11 1 unit
• With 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in terminals from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for PE bar, 8GK9910-0KK12 1 unit
and one neutral bar with 2 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in terminals each from
1.5 to 4 mm2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

6/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Accessories

Configuration Article No. PS*/

www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.

Terminals for circular conductors

Versions
• Busbar thickness 5 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² 8US1921-2AA00 100 units
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² 8US1921-2AB00 50 units
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² 8US1921-2AD00 50 units
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² 8US1921-2AC00 50 units
8US1921-2AA00 • Busbar thickness 10 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² 8US1921-2BA00 100 units
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² 8US1921-2BB00 50 units
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² 8US1921-2BD00 50 units
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² 8US1921-2BC00 50 units
Blanking strips
Colour RAL 7035 (light grey)
Versions
• For 12 MW (1 MW = 18 mm) 8GK9910-0KK00 10 units
8GK9910-0KK00
• Length 1 m 8GK9910-0KK01 1 unit
without pressure-relief joint, to cut to length
Connecting kits, IP43/IP55 8GK9920-0KK31 1 unit
• For side-by-side mounting of enclosures
• Comprising:
- Screws
- Washers
8GK9920-0KK31 - Nuts
- 10 m roll of sealing tape
Note
A bushing flange is required for electrical connection
Cable holders 8GK9910-0KK80 200 units
6
I201_10746

For DIN rails

8GK9910-0KK80
Spare keys 8GD9290 1 unit
For double-bit locking mechanism
I201_08084

8GD9 290
Extra-deep brackets 8GK9910-0KK34 1 set
For recessed installation of DIN rails
8GK9910-0KK34
Quick-lock screws 8GK9910-0KK26 20 units
• Material plastic
• Colour RAL 7035
8GK9910-0KK26
Assembly tools 8GK9910-0KK27 1 unit
• For supports
• Short and long versions
• With ergonomic handle

8GK9910-0KK27
DIN rails, lowered
Width
250 mm 8GK9910-0KK35 1 unit
500 mm 8GK9910-0KK40 1 set
750 mm 8GK9910-0KK41 1 set
8GK9910-0KK35

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 6/23
 © Siemens AG 2015

ALPHA Modular Installation System

Notes

6/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 7
© Siemens AG 2015

Accessories

Fasteners
7/2 Frame
7/2 Flat copper connection
7/2 Electrical connections

Accessories
7/3 Mechanical accessory parts
7/3 Tools

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Accessories

Fasteners

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
Frame
Self-tapping screws
For use with frame and crossbars
Cylinder-head screws
External diameter × Length in mm
M6 × 10 8PQ9500-0BA34 1 unit
M6 × 16 8PQ9500-0BA32 1 unit
M6 × 20 8PQ9500-0BA31 1 unit
T30 Cap, RAL 7035 8PQ9400-0BA14 1 unit
Countersunk screws
External diameter × Length in mm
T30 M6 × 12 8PQ9500-1BA07 1 unit

Flat copper connection

Square screws DIN 603
1 pack = 50 units
External diameter × Length in mm
M10 × 35 8PQ9500-0BA14 1 unit
M10 × 45 8PQ9500-0BA16 1 unit
M10 × 55 8PQ9500-1BA36 1 unit
M10 × 65 8PQ9500-1BA25 1 unit
Busbar clamps 8PQ9400-0BA02 1 unit
1 pack = 20 units

Electrical connections
Hexagon-head screws ISO 4017
• Continuous thread
• 1 pack = 50 units

7 External diameter × Length in mm

M8 × 25 8PQ9500-0BA77 1 unit
M8 × 35 8PQ9500-0BA78 1 unit
M12 × 40 8PQ9500-0BA88 1 unit

Hexagon-head screws ISO 4014

• With shank
• 1 pack = 50 units
External diameter × Length in mm
M12 × 50 8PQ9500-0BA64 1 unit
M12 × 60 8PQ9500-1BA02 1 unit
M12 × 80 8PQ9500-1BA51 1 unit
Hexagonal nuts ISO 4032
1 pack = 50 units
External diameter
M8 8PQ9500-0BA07 1 unit
M10 8PQ9500-0BA05 1 unit
M12 8PQ9500-0BA04 1 unit
Clamping washers DIN 6796
1 pack = 50 units
Screw type
M8 8PQ9500-0BA58 1 unit
M10 8PQ9500-0BA60 1 unit
M12 8PQ9500-0BA61 1 unit
Washers DIN 125
1 pack = 50 units
For screw type
M8 8PQ9500-0BA70 1 unit
M10 8PQ9500-0BA67 1 unit
M12 8PQ9500-1BA33 1 unit
Lock washers BN208012
1 pack = 50 units
For screw type
M8 8PQ9500-0BA48 1 unit
M10 8PQ9500-0BA50 1 unit
M12 8PQ9500-0BA51 1 unit
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
7/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Accessories

Mechanical accessory parts

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration Article No. PS*/
www.siemens.com/ P. unit
product?Article No.
Universal mounting brackets 8PQ9400-0BA01 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units

Cable brackets
• C profile, 30 mm
• 1 set = 5 units
• 1 pack = 5 units
Depth in mm
400, 600, 800 8PQ3000-0BA38 1 unit

Width in mm
350 8PQ3000-0BA38 1 unit
400 8PQ3000-0BA41 1 unit
600 8PQ3000-0BA42 1 unit
800 8PQ3000-0BA43 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA35 1/5 units
1000 8PQ3000-0BA86 1/5 units
1200 8PQ3000-0BA87 1/5 units
Cable bracket fastenings 8PQ3000-0BA73 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units

Multi-profile rails 8PQ9600-0BA01 1 unit

• H profile = 35 mm
• Length = 1600 mm
• Made of aluminium 7

Lifting eyebolts 8PQ9400-0BA11 1 unit

1 set = 4 units

Lifting brackets
1 set = 2 units
Frame width in mm
800 8PQ3000-1BA01 1 unit
850 8PQ3000-2BA38 1 unit
1000 8PQ3000-1BA02 1/2 units
1200 8PQ3000-1BA03 1/2 units
Tools
Bits for screwdriver
External diameter × Length in mm Package contents
M6 × 50 5 units 8PQ9400-0BA05 1 unit
M6 × 200 2 units 8PQ9400-0BA10 1 unit

T30

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 7/3
 © Siemens AG 2015

Accessories

Notes

7/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 8
© Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

8/2 Compact/slimline lights

8/4 LED lights

For further technical

product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

Compact/slimline lights

■ Overview
Rating of Rating of
energy-saving lamps conventional incandescent lamps
9W 60 W
11 W 75 W
20 W 100 W
Spare lamp: Osram SPD1411-2B (100 W)

Socket outlets
Socket outlets are mounted on 35 mm support rails and
connected without screws by way of three clamping terminals
(for stranded and solid wires 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2)
The maximum operational voltage is 250 V. The enclosure is
light-gray UL94 V-Q plastic.
The slimline light is also available with country-specific socket
outlets.
Plug-on mounts
Slimline light with motion detector
If a cubicle light is provided with a plug-on mount, it remains
Cubicle lighting immune to vibration and can be removed at any later time
without tools.
The cubicle light is specifically suitable for operation in switch-
gear and controlgear cubicles. If fitted between two plug-on mounts, the cubicle light is fixed
In the case of lights with a SCHUKO socket outlet, the outlet is statically to the cubicle frame. The cubicle light can only be fitted
incorporated with an on/off switch or motion detector in the plas- to the cubicle frame by using plug-on mounts.
tic enclosure.
The flat slimline light with motion detector or on/off switch is ideal
for operation in cubicles and enclosures with a high density of
built-in electrical/electronic components.
All lights are fitted with environmentally friendly energy-saving
lamps.

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
kg

8
Cubicle lighting
Compact lights (355 x 65 x 70 mm)
without cover
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W (Germany) 8MF4900 1 1 unit 181 1.040
• 120 V, 60 Hz, 9 W (Germany) 8MF4901 1 1 unit 181 1.039
• 240 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4900-1A 1 1 unit 181 1.052
NSE0_01334

With cover
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4904 1 1 unit 181 1.077
With 3 m cable
8MF4900 • 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4900-1B 1 1 unit 181 1.387
With 3 m cable (orange-coloured)
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4900-1BB 1 1 unit 181 1.365
Spare parts for compact lights
• Spare light 230V 8MR2023-0KL25 1 5 units 181 0.043
• Spare light 120V 8MR2012-0KL25 1 5 units 181 0.040
• Cover 8MF4908 1 10 units 181 0.056
Dual lights (396 x 67 x 100 mm)
220 ... 240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, 20 W
• With motion detector 8MF4902 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• With on/off switch 8MF4905 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• As hand-held lamp 8MF4906 1 1 unit 181 0.743

8MF4902

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

Compact/slimline lights

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight

www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
kg
Slimline lights (345 x 91 x 40 mm)
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 11 W
with pushbutton (On/Off)
• With socket outlet D, without magnet 8MF5900-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.466
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5900 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5900-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.536
• Without socket outlet, without magnet 8MF5900-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.433
• Without socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5900-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.641
• Without socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5900-2B 1 1 unit 181 0.500

8MF5900-1A
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 11 W
with motion detector
• With socket outlet D, without magnet 8MF5910-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5910 1 1 unit 181 0.689
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5910-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.500
• Without socket outlet, without magnet 8MF5910-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.456
• Without socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5910-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• Without socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5910-2B 1 1 unit 181 0.500

8MF5910-1A
24 ... 48 V DC, 11 W,
with pushbutton (On/Off)
• Without socket outlet, without magnet 8MF5900-3A 1 1 unit 181 0.481
• Without socket outlet, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5900-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.562
24 ... 48 V DC, 11 W,
with motion detector
• Without socket outlet, without magnet 8MF5910-3A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
• Without socket outlet, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5910-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.500
Socket outlets
Socket outlets with fuse
• VDE 8MF9300 1 3 units 180 0.500
• CEBEC 8MF9301 1 3 units 181 0.142
Socket outlets without fuse
• VDE 8MF9305 1 1 unit 181 0.134

8
Plug-on mounts
Plug-on mounts
• For fitting the compact light 8MF4903 1 3 units 181 0.100
NSE0_01335

8MF4903
Position switches
Position switches for fitting as door contact
for use with 50 mm hole spacing
• 1 NO + 1 NC 8MF1000-2VL 1 1 unit 180 0.200
• 1 NO + 2 NC 8MF1000-2VR 1 1 unit 180 0.200

8MF1000-2V.

■ More information
For more information, see Catalogue LV 50 "SIVACON System
Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning"
or visit: www.siemens.com/industrymall.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 8/3
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

LED lights

■ Overview
Features
Technical specifications
Power consumption, max. W 5
Light output corresponds to that of
a 75 W incandescent lamp
Operating life
• At 20 °C h 60000
Connection
• General 2-pin plug-in connection with lock
• AC version Max. 2.5 A/240 V AC, colour: white
• DC version Max. 2.5 A/60 V DC, colour: blue
LED light with on/off switch and magnetic fixing
Dimensions
The LED lights with on/off switch are particularly suitable for Length mm 351
operation in cubicles and enclosures with a high density of Light diameter mm 32
built-in electrical/electronic components.
Mounting width
Thanks to the use of LED technology, these lights have a very • Light with magnetic fixing mm 34
long useful life. • Light with screw fixing mm 52
By means of magnetic fixing, they can be fastened anywhere in Permissible ambient tempera-
steel cubicles without installation effort. ture
• Operation °C -30 ... +60
A version with screw fixing is also available.
• Storage °C -40 ... +85
Connection is made using a socket on the lamp (switch side). Degree of protection IP20
Another lamp can be connected using a connector (non-switch Insulation class II (protective insulation)
side). Up to 10 lights can be connected in series in this way.
Note:
Delivery does not include plugs, sockets and cables for
electrical connection. These must be ordered separately.
See accessories on next page.

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
kg

8 LED lights with pushbutton (On/Off)

Magnetic fixing
• 100 ... 240 V AC, 50 Hz /60 Hz 8MR2200-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.190

8MR2200-1A

• 24 ... 48 V DC 8MR2201-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.141

8MR2201-1A

Screw fixing
• 100 ... 240 V AC, 50 Hz /60 Hz 8MR2200-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.182
• 24 ... 48 V DC 8MR2201-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.137

8MR2200-1B

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

LED lights

■ Accessories
Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M)
kg
Individual plugs or sockets
AC socket for input side, white
For connecting an LED light (switch side) 8MR2210-1A 1 10 units 181 0.010
AC plug for output side, white
For transmission to another LED light 8MR2210-2A 1 10 units 181 0.010
DC socket for input side, blue
8MR2210-1A For connecting an LED light (switch side) 8MR2210-3A 1 10 units 181 0.010
DC plug for output side, blue
For transmission to another LED light 8MR2210-4A 1 10 units 181 0.010
Note: Plugs and sockets are also separately available for
self-assembling cables that deviate from standard lengths.
Cables
Connecting cables with socket and open end,
each 2 m long
For connecting a lamp (switch side)
• AC connecting cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 with socket, VDE 8MR2210-1B 1 5 units 181 0.197
• AC connecting cable AWG 16 with socket, UL 8MR2210-2B 1 5 units 181 0.225
8MR2210-1B • DC connecting cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 with socket, VDE 8MR2210-3B 1 5 units 181 0.195
• DC connecting cable AWG 16 with socket, UL 8MR2210-4B 1 5 units 181 0.175
Extension cables for cascading, each 1 m long,
with socket and plug
• AC light plastic-sheathed cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 with socket and plug, VDE 8MR2210-1C 1 5 units 181 0.117
• AC light plastic-sheathed cable AWG 16 with socket and plug, UL 8MR2210-2C 1 5 units 181 0.105

8MR2210-1C
• DC light plastic-sheathed cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 with socket and plug, VDE 8MR2210-3C 1 5 units 181 0.105
• DC light plastic-sheathed cable AWG 16 with socket and plug, UL 8MR2210-4C 1 5 units 181 0.105

8MR2210-3C
Position switches
Position switches for fitting as door contact
for use with 50 mm hole spacing
• 1 NO + 1 NC
• 1 NO + 2 NC
8MF1000-2VL
8MF1000-2VR
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
180
180
0.200
0.200
8
8MF4310/8MF4311

■ More information
For more information, see Catalogue LV 50 "SIVACON System
Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning"
or visit: www.siemens.com/industrymall.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 8/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MF/8MR System Lighting

Notes

8/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 9
© Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

9/2 Introduction

9/5 Filter fans

9/8 Air-conditioning/cooling units

9/9 Heat exchangers

9/10 Heaters

9/11 Fan heaters

9/13 Thermostats, hygrostats,

hygrotherms, switching modules

9
For further technical
product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support .
 Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Introduction

■ Overview
Control supply voltage or voltage for switching capacity
24/48 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 400/440 V AC
8MR system air-conditioning
Filter fans
Standard filter fans, IP54 or IP55
• With or without additional EMC protection ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Cooling capacity 8 W/K ... 282 W/K ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Air rate 25 m3/h ... 845 m3/h ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Size 92 × 92 mm to 292 × 292 mm ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Colour RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 ❍ ✓ ✓ --
Roof filter fans, IP44
• Cooling capacity 113 W/K ... 242 W/K -- ✓ ✓ --
• Air rate 350 m3/h ... 690 m3/h -- ✓ ✓ --
• Size 430 × 430 mm to 470 × 470 mm -- ✓ ✓ --
• Colour RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 -- ✓ ✓ --
Air-conditioning/cooling units
For door and side-panel mounting (recessed)
• 380 ... 5800 W -- -- ✓ ✓
For roof mounting
• 410 ... 3850 W -- -- ✓ ✓
Heat exchangers
Standard
• Air/air (at ΔT = 20 K) -- ✓ ✓ --
For side panel and door mounting
• 700 ... 1900 W -- ✓ ✓ --
Heaters optionally without or with thermostat
• 10 W ... 150 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Fan heaters optionally without or with thermostat
• 100 W ... 1200 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• Setting ranges 0 ... +60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules
Thermostats, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts
• Setting ranges -10... +80 °C -- ✓ ✓ --
• Switching capacities up to 16 A ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Hygrostats, CO contacts ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• 40 ... 95 % relative air humidity ✓ ✓ -- --
Hygrotherms, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts
• Setting ranges 0 ... 60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F -- ✓ ✓ --
• 50 ... 90 % relative air humidity -- ✓ ✓ --
• Switching capacities 6 (1) A ... 8 (1.6) A ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• Switching modules 16 A ✓ -- -- --

9 ✓ Available or possible
-- Not available or not possible
❍ On request
The figures in brackets indicate inductive switching capacities.

9/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Introduction

■ Benefits
Installing air-conditioning equipment in SIVACON sicube 8MF
cubicle systems ensures high fault tolerance for switchgear and
controlgear assemblies and consequently a high level of
availability of machines and plants.

■ Applications
In cubicles, depending on the immediate surroundings (e.g.
presence of hot, cold or moist air etc.), there may be a tendency
Optimum, extended
for the switchgear to overheat or for mould to form. In such cases air duct for the system
the cubicles should be air-conditioned. The following air-condi- air-conditioning
tioning equipment is available for this purpose:
• Filter fans 35 °C
• Air-conditioning/cooling units Hot air from the
• Air/air heat exchangers equipment and
busbars
55 °C
• Heaters/thermostats
When selecting the individual air-conditioning units, the Cubicle
following factors must be taken into account: ambient
temperature, power dissipated from the devices installed,
Cold air
maximum admissible temperatures of the devices, and heat recirculation
dissipated via the cubicle. In addition, the required degree of
protection must also be taken into account.
25 °C

NSE0_01390a

System air-conditioning – optimum air flow

■ More information
For more information, see www.siemens.com/industrymall.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Introduction
Configuring guide

Calculation Graphical representation or determination

Step 1: Dimensions
Determine the cubicle's height, width and
depth
Step 2: Installation type Legend for formulas below: The diagrams below illustrate the installation types in the top
Determine the cubicle's installation types in A Cubicle area in m2 view
compliance with VDE 0660 T500 W Width in m
H Height in m
D Depth in m
• Single enclosure free-standing on all sides A = 1.8 x H x (W + D) + 1.4 x W x D

• Single enclosure for wall mounting A = 1.4 x W x (H + D) + 1.8 x D x H

• Start and end enclosures, free-standing A = 1.4 x D x (H + W) + 1.8 x W x H

• Start and end enclosures for wall mounting A = 1.4 x H x (W + D) + 1.4 x W x D

• Middle enclosure, free-standing A = 1.8 x W x H + 1.4 x W x D + D x H

• Middle enclosure for wall mounting A = 1.4 x W x (H + D) + D x H

• Middle enclosure for wall mounting with A = 1.4 x W x H + 0.7 x W x D + D x H

covered roof surfaces

Example: cubicle, free-standing on all sides, 2000 mm high, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep.
A = 1.8 m x 2.0 m x (0.8 m+ 0.6 m) + 1.4 m x 0.8 m x 0.6 m = 5.712 m2
Accordingly, the cubicle has an area of 5.712 m2.
Step 3: Cubicle material Varnished sheet steel: k = 5.5 W/m2K
Determine the cubicle's material and its Stainless sheet steel: k = 4.5 W/m2K
coefficient of heat transmission k in W/m2K Aluminium: k = 12 W/m2K
Aluminium, double-walled: k = 4.5 W/m2K
Polyester: k = 3.5 W/m2K
Step 4: Temperature difference ΔT= Ti - Tu
Determine the required difference between Legend for formula:
interior and exterior temperature ΔT Temperature difference in K (Kelvin)
Ti Interior temperature in °C
Tu Exterior temperature in °C
Step 5A: Heating output PH = A x k x ΔT Select required heating output from diagram:
If heating is required, determine the Legend for formula: 30 25
necessary heating output either according PH Required heating output in W 1200 20
Heating output W

to the adjacent formula or from the diagram A Cubicle area in m2 1000

on the extreme right 15
k Coefficient of heat transmission in W/m2K
700
Note: ΔT Temperature difference in K 10

9 If power loss PV (intrinsic heating) is

constant, it must be deducted from the
Example:
Cubicle area A= 5.712 m2, coefficient of heat
500
200
100
5
calculated heating output transmission k = 5.5 W/m2K, temperature
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
difference = 15 K
PH = 5.712 m2 x 5.5 W/m2K x 15 K = 471.24 W Control cubicle surface m2 I201_18815

A heater with a 500 W heating output is required.

When installed outdoors, the calculated heating
output must be doubled.
Step 5B: Cooling capacity V = f x Pv/ΔT Select required cooling output from diagram:
If cooling is required, determine the Legend for formula:
∆T 15 K
∆T 10 K
K

necessary cooling capacity either V Required volume flow in m3/h

∆T 20
∆T

according to the adjacent formula or from f Air constant in m3K/Wh (see bottom left) 2000
5
Thermal power loss PV in W

the diagram on the extreme right PV Power loss in W

1000
ΔT Temperature difference in K
500
Note on the air constant f: Example: installed power loss = 600 W, 300
The altitude at the place of use (above temperature difference = 15 K, 200
installation altitude = 400 m above mean sea level 150
mean sea level) determines the air
constant f. Decreasing barometric pressure V = 3.3m3 K/Wh x 600 W/15 K = 132 m3/h 100
or air density with rising altitude is taken into A fan with 160 m3/h air output is required. 50
I201_18816

consideration via the air constant. 35

25
f (0 ...100 m) = 3.1 m3K/Wh 15
f (100 ... 250 m) = 3.2 m3K/Wh, 10
5 10 20 40 80 160 320 640
f (250 ... 500 m) = 3.3 m3K/Wh, Volume flow rate m3/h
f (500 ... 750 m) = 3.4 m3K/Wh
f (750 ... 1 000 m) = 3.5 m3K/Wh

9/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Filter fans

■ Overview
Filter fans are the most cost-effective method - after heat dissi- Filter fan versions
pation through the surface of a cubicle and/or ventilation fins in
the switchgear enclosures - for dissipating heat from the cubicle. The following filter fans are available on request:
• Standard filter fan IP54, colour RAL 7035/7032
However, the temperature reached inside the board is higher
than ambient temperature. • Standard filter fan IP55, colour RAL 7035/7032
• Standard filter fan EMC, colour RAL 7035/7032, IP54
Standard filter fans optionally in EMC version
• Standard filter fan EMC, colour RAL 7035/7032, IP55
When filter fans are used for air-conditioning, the cubicle must
have openings which allow electromagnetic radiation to pass in Note:
and out unobstructed. Filter fans in EMC version offer additional For all standard filter fans the useful cooling capacity and air
protection when higher requirements are imposed on electro- flow-rate are reduced by an average of approx. 30% in combi-
magnetic compatibility. nations of filter fan/outlet filter/filter mat, and for roof filter fans by
approx. 40 %.

■ Selection and ordering data

Filter fans
Degree Size Air flow-rate Cut-out Voltage Power Colour DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
of pro- through free rating www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
tection intake at product?Article No. SET, approx.
at 50 Hz 50 Hz RAL M)
m3/h mm V W kg
Filter fans
50/60 Hz except 8MR6 402-2LV41
IP54 1 25 92 × 92 AC 115 12 7035 8MR6411-5LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.330
AC 230 12 7032 8MR6423-2LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.519
AC 230 12 7035 8MR6423-5LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.330
2 63 125 × 125 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6411-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
AC 230 20 7032 8MR6423-2LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6423-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
3 115 177 × 177 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6411-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6423-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.027
4 160 223 × 223 AC 115 18 7035 8MR6411-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.373
8MR6 411-5LV10 AC 230 18 7032 8MR6423-2LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.362
AC 230 18 7035 8MR6423-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.375
250 223 × 223 24 DC 16 7032 8MR6402-2LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.676
AC 115 43 7035 8MR6411-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.823
AC 230 45 7032 8MR6423-2LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
AC 230 45 7035 8MR6423-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
6 580 292 × 292 AC 115 64 7035 8MR6411-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.400
AC 230 64 7032 8MR6423-2LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.436
AC 230 64 7035 8MR6423-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.400
930 292 × 292 AC 115 115 7035 8MR6411-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600
AC 230 135 7035 8MR6423-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600
IP55 2 58 125 × 125 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6511-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.814

9
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6523-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
3 105 177 × 177 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6511-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 0.875
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6523-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.093
4 147 223 × 223 AC 115 18 7035 8MR6511-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.448
AC 230 18 7035 8MR6523-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.444
230 223 × 223 AC 115 43 7035 8MR6511-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
AC 230 45 7035 8MR6423-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
8MR6 511-5LV10 6 531 292 × 292 AC 115 64 7035 8MR6511-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 1.840
AC 230 64 7035 8MR6523-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.557
850 292 × 292 AC 115 115 7035 8MR6511-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600
AC 230 135 7035 8MR6523-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.766

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/5
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Filter fans

Degree Size Air flow-rate Cut-out Voltage Power Colour DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
of pro- through free rating www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
tection intake at product?Article No. SET, approx.
at 50 Hz 50 Hz RAL M)
m3/h mm V W kg
EMC filter fans IP54
IP54 3 115 177 × 177 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6411-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6423-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.087
4 160 223 × 223 AC 115 18 7035 8MR6411-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
AC 230 18 7035 8MR6423-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
250 223 × 223 AC 115 43 7035 8MR6411-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
AC 230 45 7035 8MR6423-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.897

8MR6 411-6LV30
EMC filter fans IP55
IP55 3 105 177 × 177 AC 115 20 7035 8MR6511-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
AC 230 20 7035 8MR6523-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.131
4 147 223 × 223 AC 115 18 7035 8MR6511-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
AC 230 18 7035 8MR6523-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
230 223 × 223 AC 115 43 7035 8MR6511-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
AC 230 45 7035 8MR6523-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840

8MR6 511-6LV30

Outlet filters
Size Dimensions Colour DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
Cut-out External Mounting Cover grille RAL www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
dimensions depth height product?Article No. SET, approx.
W×H M)
mm mm mm mm kg
Outlet filters IP54
1 92 × 92 105 × 105 12 4.5 7032 8MR6400-2GV10 1 1 unit 181 0.060
7035 8MR6400-5GV10 1 1 unit 181 0.066
2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7032 8MR6400-2GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.170
7035 8MR6400-5GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.168
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6400-5GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.323
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7032 8MR6400-2GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
7035 8MR6400-5GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR6 400-5GV67
6 292 × 292 323 × 323 33 6.5 7032 8MR6400-2GV67 1 1 unit 181 0.800
7035 8MR6400-5GV67 1 1 unit 181 0.825
Outlet filters IP55
2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7035 8MR6500-5GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.194
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6500-5GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.363

9 4
6
223 × 223
292 × 292
250 × 250
323 × 323
32
33
6
6.5
7035
7035
8MR6500-5GV45
8MR6500-5GV67
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
181
181
0.572
0.949

8MR6 500-5GV67
EMC outlet filters IP54
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6400-6GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.392
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6400-6GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.583
EMC outlet filters IP55
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6500-6GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.350
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6500-6GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500

8MR6 400-6GV30

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

9/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Filter fans
Filter mats
Size Dimensions DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
W×H www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
mm kg
Filter mats for filter fans or outlet filters for IP54
1 89 × 89 8MR6000-0AM10 1 5 units 181 0.050
2 118 × 118 8MR6000-0AM25 1 5 units 181 0.004
3 171 × 171 8MR6000-0AM30 1 5 units 181 0.032
4 216 × 216 8MR6000-0AM45 1 5 units 181 0.011
6 283 × 283 8MR6000-0AM67 1 5 units 181 0.020

8MR6 000-0AM10

Roof filter fans

Air flow-rate Dimensions Voltage Power DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
through free Cut-out External rating www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
intake dimensions product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
at 50 Hz W×H×D
m3/h mm mm V W kg
Roof filter fans IP44 for 50/60 Hz, colour RAL 7035
405 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 40/45 8MR6311-5DL40 1 1 unit 181 7.520
230 40/45 8MR6323-5DL40 1 1 unit 181 7.527
690 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 100/130 8MR6311-5DL42 1 1 unit 181 8.200
230 100/130 8MR6323-5DL42 1 1 unit 181 7.992

8MR6 323-5DL40
Roof outlet filters IP44, colour RAL 7035
Without fan 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 83 -- -- 8MR6000-5DE40 1 1 unit 181 4.379

8MR6 000-5DE40

19" fan draw-out units

Power Voltage Series DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M)
W V kg
45 230 LE 019 8MR2190-1A 1 1 unit 181 3.300

9
8MR2190-1A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/7
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Air-conditioning/cooling units

■ Overview
Where ambient temperatures are higher than the admissible
device temperatures, air-conditioners must be used.
All the units operate with CFC-free refrigerants. Air-conditioners
dehumidify the air inside the cubicle.
Cooling units for door, side panel or roof mounting
Two separate cooling circuits ensure that no ambient air enters
the cubicle. High-performance radial fans provide for effective
air circulation inside the cubicle.
Intelligent standard electronic components with maximum
customer benefits:
• Simple temperature control with an integrated thermostat
• Test mode
• Temperature limits
• Start-up delay
• Door contact function
• Fault indicator contact
• On-site diagnostics
• UL approval
• CE approval
Versions

8MR6 cooling units: Air-conditioning/cooling units are available in the following

top left for door or side panel mounting, bottom right for roof mounting versions:
• For side panel and door mounting
• For roof mounting

■ Selection and ordering data

Cooling units for door or side panel mounting, degree of protection IP54 inside/IP34 outside, colour RAL 7035
Cooling capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
W×H×D inside/outside www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
W W mm m3/h M) kg
Cooling units for 230 V, 50/60 Hz1)
380 280 285 × 460 × 180 280/280 8MR6423-5EG04 1 1 unit 181 19.000
640 400 360 × 606 × 212 330/570 8MR6423-5EG06 1 1 unit 181 27.000
820 440 348 × 783 × 215 330/570 8MR6423-5EG08 1 1 unit 181 30.000
10502) 570 348 × 783 × 215 570/860 8MR6423-5SK10 1 1 unit 181 42.000
15502) 880 400 × 950 × 233 570/1050 8MR6423-5SK15 1 1 unit 181 42.000
20502) 1080 400 × 1265 × 236 860/1050 8MR6423-5SK20 1 1 unit 181 64.000
Cooling units for 400 V, 50/60 Hz1)
9 8MR6 423-5SK20 2900 1220 500 × 1270 × 336 860/1450 8MR6440-5EG30 1 1 unit 181 86.000
1780 1780 500 × 1270 × 336 1450/1450 8MR6440-5EG40 1 1 unit 181 88.000
5800 2340 600 × 2000 × 380 1450/2900 8MR6440-5EG60 1 1 unit 181 156.000
1) Top mounting and complete installation in the cubicle possible. 2) Partial installation in the cubicle possible.

Cooling units for roof mounting, degree of protection IP54 inside/IP34 outside, colour RAL 7035
Cooling capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
W×H×D inside/outside www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
W W mm m3/h M) kg
Cooling units for 230 V, 50/60 Hz
410 270 259 × 264 × 486 235/330 8MR6423-5DE04 1 1 unit 181 21.500
820 510 340 × 340 × 600 330/570 8MR6423-5DE08 1 1 unit 181 37.700
1150 550 401 × 415 × 567 570/1010 8MR6423-5DE12 1 1 unit 181 46.000
1550 810 401 × 415 × 567 860/1820 8MR6423-5DE15 1 1 unit 181 43.000
2050 1190 401 × 415 × 567 1050/1820 8MR6423-5DE20 1 1 unit 181 56.000
Cooling units for 400 V, 50/60 Hz
2900 1210 492 × 496 × 797 860/3410 8MR6440-5DE30 1 1 unit 181 88.000
3850 1630 492 × 496 × 797 1450/3410 8MR6440-5DE40 1 1 unit 181 90.000

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

9/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Heat exchangers

■ Overview
Air-air principle
Heat exchangers working according to the air-air principle use
two fully separate air circuits: an internal and an external circuit.
A fan draws in cold air from the exterior. A second fan then
directs the warmed cubicle air past a large-area finned partition
element, which passes the heat to the external circuit.
Note:
The units are suitable for top mounting and complete installation
in the cubicle.

80 W/K heat exchanger

■ Selection and ordering data

Standard air-air heat exchangers, degree of protection IP54, colour RAL 7035
Thermal capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
W×H×D inside/outside www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M)
W/K W mm m3/h kg
Heat exchangers for 230 V, 50/60 Hz
36 140 316 × 771 × 93 570/570 8MR6423-5ML36 1 1 unit 181 7.000
80 240 317 × 1260 × 108 1050/1050 8MR6423-5ML80 1 1 unit 181 25.000

8MR6 423-5ML80

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/9
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Heaters

■ Overview
Cubicle heaters are used to prevent malfunctions caused by
condensation formation and corrosion phenomena as well as to
maintain a minimum interior temperature.
The plastic enclosure is designed such that the surface temper-
atures on the touchable side areas are kept very low.
The heaters are designed for uninterrupted duty.
All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for
special voltages.

Small semiconductor heater, 8MR2131-0A

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, M) approx.
kg
Heaters
Heaters, UL-approved, with PTC thermistor
120 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 15W 8MR2130-1A 1 2 units 181 0.251
• 30 W 8MR2130-3A 1 2 units 181 0.254
• 45 W 8MR2130-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.258
• 60 W 8MR2130-6A 1 1 unit 181 0.450
• 75 W 8MR2130-7A 1 1 unit 181 0.453
• 100 W 8MR2130-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.458
8MR2130-1A
• 150 W 8MR2130-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.673
Semiconductor heaters without thermostat,
degree of protection IP20, UL-approved, compact design
120 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 50 W 8MR2131-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.290
• 100 W 8MR2131-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.350
• 150 W 8MR2131-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.482

8MR2131-4A
Semiconductor heaters with thermostat,
degree of protection IP20, compact design
120 ... 240 V AC/DC

9 • 50 W, 15 °C
• 50 W, 25 °C
8MR2132-1A
8MR2132-1AB
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
181
181
0.329
0.300
• 100 W, 15 °C 8MR2132-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.362
• 100 W, 25 °C 8MR2132-0AB 1 1 unit 181 0.310
• 150 W, 15 °C 8MR2132-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.497
• 150 W, 25 °C 8MR2132-5AB 1 1 unit 181 0.498
8MR2132-1A
Small semiconductor heater
12 ... 30 V AC/DC
• 30 W 8MR2110-3BA 1 1 unit 181 0.161
Screw fastener for small semiconductor heaters 8MR2110-1BB 1 1 unit 181 0.014

8MR2110-3BA
Semiconductor heaters
12 ... 30 V AC/DC
• 15 W 8MR2130-1BA 1 1 unit 181 0.253
• 30 W 8MR2130-3BA 1 1 unit 181 0.256
• 45 W 8MR2130-4BA 1 1 unit 181 0.252

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

9/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Fan heaters

■ Overview
Where higher heating outputs (from 150 W) are required, fan
heaters are used.
The integrated fans provide for better air circulation and hereby
achieve a more even air temperature distribution in the cubicle.
All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for
special voltages.

Fan heaters with integrated thermostat or hygrostat

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M)
kg
Fan heaters
Fan heaters in standard version
UL-approved
• Without fan
- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2140-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2140-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2140-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2140-3A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2140-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR2140-0A
• With fan
- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2140-0B 1 1 unit 181 0.550
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2140-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.552
- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2140-2B 1 1 unit 181 0.900
- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2140-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.900
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2140-4B 1 1 unit 181 0.900

8MR2140-0B
Compact fan heaters 9
• With fan, UL-certified
- 230 V AC, 250 W 8MR2122-4A 1 1 unit 181 1.226
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2122-8A 1 1 unit 181 1.486
- 120 V AC, 250 W 8MR2122-4B 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 120 V AC, 400 W 8MR2122-8B 1 1 unit 181 1.400
• With fan
8MR2122-4A - 24 V DC, 250 W 8MR2122-4AB 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 48 V DC, 250 W 8MR2122-4AC 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 48 V DC, 400 W 8MR2122-8AA 1 1 unit 181 1.370

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/11
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Fan heaters

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight

www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M)
kg
Fan heaters with integrated thermostat or hygrostat
230 V AC, 950 W
• Fan heater, UL-approved, for anchoring to the base
- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2150-0A 1 1 unit 181 1.400
- 65 % relative air humidity 8MR2150-0BA 1 1 unit 181 1.400

8MR2150-0A
• Fan heater, UL-approved, for wall mounting
- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2150-0C 1 1 unit 181 1.450
- 65 % relative air humidity 8MR2150-0CA 1 1 unit 181 1.450

8MR2150-0C
Semiconductor fan heaters
Fan heaters
UL-approved
• With clip fastener for 35 mm DIN rail
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2150-2C 1 1 unit 181 0.361
- 230 V AC, 250 W 8MR2150-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.622
- 230 V AC, 350 W 8MR2140-3C 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2150-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.633
- 230 V AC, 550 W 8MR2140-5C 1 1 unit 181 1.100
8MR2150-5AA - 120 V AC, 250 W 8MR2150-5AA 1 1 unit 181 0.526
- 120 V AC, 350 W 8MR2140-3D 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 120 V AC, 400 W 8MR2150-4AA 1 1 unit 181 0.536
- 120 V AC, 550 W 8MR2140-5D 1 1 unit 181 1.100
• With screw fastener
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2150-2D 1 1 unit 181 0.300
- 230 V AC, 250 W 8MR2150-5B 1 1 unit 181 0.530
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2150-4B 1 1 unit 181 0.630
- 120 V AC, 250 W 8MR2150-5AB 1 1 unit 181 0.530
- 120 V AC, 400 W 8MR2150-4AB 1 1 unit 181 0.540

8MR2150-5B
PTC fan heaters for wall mounting

9
UL-approved, 1200 W, clip fastener for
35 mm DIN rail or screw fastener (M6)
• 230 V AC, with thermostat, 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2150-3A 1 1 unit 181 1.250
• 230 V AC, without thermostat 8MR2150-3B 1 1 unit 181 1.250
• 120 V AC, with thermostat +32 ... +140 °F 8MR2151-3A 1 1 unit 181 1.550
• 120 V AC, without thermostat 8MR2151-3B 1 1 unit 181 1.245

8MR2151-3A
(Illustration similar)
PTC fan heaters for anchoring to the base
UL-approved, 1200 W, screw fastener (M5)
• 230 V AC, with thermostat, 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2150-2A 1 1 unit 181 13.965
• 230 V AC, without thermostat 8MR2150-2B 1 1 unit 181 1.369
• 120 V AC, with thermostat, +32 ... +140 °F 8MR2151-2A 1 1 unit 181 1.309
• 120 V AC, without thermostat 8MR2151-2B 1 1 unit 181 1.284

8MR2151-2A
(Illustration similar)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

9/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules

■ Overview
Hygrostats
Hygrostats are used to regulate heaters/fan heaters so that the
temperature increase raises the dew point from a critical
humidity of 65% in cubicles and enclosures with built-in
electrical and electronic components. This prevents condensa-
tion on structural parts and electronic components.
Hygrotherms
Hygrotherms monitor both temperature and relative humidity in
cubicles and enclosures with built-in electrical/electronic com-
ponents and switch on a heater or fan upon reaching the se-
lected values (temperature or relative humidity). This prevents
condensation on structural parts and electronic components.
Tamper-proof thermostat, NC contact Switching modules
Thermostats Switching modules are electronic relays for the switching of
Thermostats (NC, NO or CO contacts) are used to control the op- high-power DC devices.
eration of cooling units, filter fans and heat exchangers, as well Thermostats, hygrostats or hygrotherms can be connected to
as to trigger signals in case of excessive temperatures. operate the switching modules.
Note:
The switching capacity values quoted in brackets refer to
inductive loads.

■ Selection and ordering data

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight
www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M) kg
Thermostats
Small thermostats
UL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (2 A)
• NC contact
- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2170-2BA 1 5 units 181 0.055
- Temperature range -10 ... +50 °C 8MR2170-1CA 1 5 units 181 0.055
- Temperature range +20 ... +80 °C 8MR2170-1DA 1 5 units 181 0.055
• NO contact
- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2170-2BB 1 5 units 181 0.056
- Temperature range -10 ... +50 °C 8MR2170-1CB 1 5 units 181 0.055
8MR2170-2BA - Temperature range +20 ... +80 °C 8MR2170-1DB 1 5 units 181 0.055

8MR2170-2BB
Tamper-proof thermostats
UL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 (1.6 A)
• NC contact
- Temperature range 15 °C / 59 °F (5 °C / 41 °F) 8MR2171-1BA 1 5 units 181 0.035
- Temperature range 25 °C / 77 °F (15 °C / 59 °F) 8MR2171-2BA 1 5 units 181 0.023
• NO contact
- Temperature range 50 °C / 122 °F (40 °C / 104 °F) 8MR2171-1BB 1 5 units 181 0.023
8MR2171-1BA
- Temperature range 60 °C / 140 °F (50 °C / 122 °F) 8MR2171-2BB 1 5 units 181 0.023
- Temperature range 35 °C / 95 °F (25 °C / 77 °F) 8MR2171-3BB 1 5 units 181 0.029

8MR2171-1BA

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/13
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight

www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M) kg
Mechanical thermostats
UL-approved
• CO contact +5 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-1A 1 2 units 181 0.075
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (4 A)
• CO contact -20 ... +30 °C, 8MR2170-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.074
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (4 A)

8MR2171-1A
Electronic thermostats
• CO contact -20 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-1GA 1 1 unit 181 0.079
max. switching capacity 230 V AC, 8 (1.6 A)
• CO contact -4 ... +140 °F, 8MR2170-1GB 1 1 unit 181 0.068
max. switching capacity 120 V AC, 8 (1.6 A)
• CO contact (inverted) -20 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-1GC 1 1 unit 181 0.079
max. switching capacity 230 V AC, 8 (1.6 A)
• CO contact, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.076
max. switching capacity 24 V DC, 16 A
8MR2170-1GA
Twin thermostats
• NO and NO contacts, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-1EA 1 1 unit 181 0.105
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (2 A)
• NC and NO contacts, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-1E 1 2 units 181 0.105
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (2 A)

8MR2170-1EA
Twin thermostats (tamper-proof)
• NC contact, 15 °C/59 °F (5 °C/41 °F) and 8MR2172-1A 1 3 units 181 0.053
NO contact, 50 °C/122 °F (40 °C/104 °F)
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 (1.6 A)
• NC contact, 25 °C/77 °F (15 °C/ 59 °F) and 8MR2172-2A 1 3 units 181 0.040
NO contact, 60 °C/140 °F (50 °C/122 °F)
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 (1.6 A) or 30 W DC
8MR2172-1A
• NO contact, 50 °C/122 °F (40 °C/104 °F) and 8MR2172-1AB 1 3 units 181 0.040
NO contact, 60 °C/140 °F (50 °C/122 °F)
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 (1.6 A)
Hygrostats
Hygrostats are used to regulate heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature
increase raises the dew point
Mechanical hygrostats 8MR2170-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.065
• UL-approved
CO contact, 230 V AC,

9
35 ... 95 % relative air humidity
Max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 (0.2 A) or 20 W AC
Min. switching capacity 20 V AC/DC, 100 mA
Electronic hygrostats
• 230 V AC 8MR2170-1AF 1 1 unit 181 0.080
40 ... 90 % relative air humidity
Max. switching capacity 240 V AC, 8 (1.6 A)
• 120 V AC 8MR2170-2AF 1 1 unit 181 0.700
40 ... 90 % relative air humidity
Max. switching capacity 120 V AC, 8 (1.6) A

8MR2170-1AF
• 230 V AC 8MR2170-1BF 1 1 unit 181 0.075
65 % relative air humidity
Max. switching capacity 240 V AC, 8 (1.6) A
• 120 V AC 8MR2170-2BF 1 1 unit 181 0.700
65 % relative air humidity
Max. switching capacity 120 V AC, 8 (1.6) A

8MR2170-1BF

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

9/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules

Configuration DT Article No. PU PS*/ PG Weight

www.siemens.com/ (UNIT, P. unit per PE
product?Article No. SET, approx.
M) kg
Hygrotherms
Electronic hygrotherms
UL-approved, 50 ... 90 % relative air humidity, for simultaneously monitoring
both temperature and relative humidity in cubicles and enclosures with elec-
tronic components, CO contact
• 100 ... 240 V AC, +32 to +140 °F, 8MR2170-4F 1 1 unit 181 0.020
max. switching capacity NC contact: 120 V AC, 6 A (1 A),
Max. switching capacity of NO contacts: 120 V AC, 8 (1.6 A)
• 100 ... 240 V AC, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2170-4E 1 1 unit 181 0.116
max. switching capacity NC contact: 100 ... 240 V AC, 6 (1) A,
8MR2170-4F Max. switching capacity of NO contacts: 100 to 240 V AC, 8 (1.6) A
Switching modules
Switching modules
Electronic relay for switching high-power DC devices from thermostats,
hygrostats or hygrotherms
• 24 V DC, 16 A 8MR2180-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.085
• 48 V DC, 16 A 8MR2180-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.085

8MR2180-1A

■ More information
For more information, see www.siemens.com/industrymall.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 9/15
 © Siemens AG 2015

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Notes

9/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 10
© Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

10/2 Glossary

10/3 Catalogue notes

10/4 Ordering notes

10/6 Further documentation

10/11 Quality management

10/12 Standards and approvals

10/14 Siemens contacts

10/15 Service & Support

10/16 Comprehensive support

from A to Z

10/17 Subject index

10/20 Article number index

including export markings

10/22 Conditions of sale and delivery

10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015
 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Glossary

■ Overview
Ambient conditions / Degrees of protection • Intake of air from an area with a lower pollution level
The climate and external ambient conditions (natural impurities, • Exposing the area to a mild overpressure (e.g. introducing non
toxic chemically active substances, small animals) may have polluted air into the system)
severe repercussions on the functionality of electrical systems. • Climate control of the room where the system is installed
The effect depends on the climatic protection of the room in (reducing the temperature, relative humidity of the air < 60%,
which the system is installed. possible installation of a purifying filter)
In the presence of high concentrations of toxic substances it is • Attenuation of overheating (overdimensioning of electrical
advisable to adopt appropriate measures to reduce them, equipment and components such as main busbars and
for example: distribution busbars)

Ambient conditions Class Classification of ambient conditions with the relative limit values Measures
(defined according to IEC 60721-3-3)
Climatic 3K4 Minimum temperature of the air – 5 °C 1) –-
Maximum temperature of the air + 40 °C --
+ 35 °C (24 h average) 2)
Minimum relative humidity of the air 5% --
Maximum relative humidity of the air 95 % --
Minimum absolute humidity of the air 1 g/m_ --
Maximum absolute humidity of the air 29 g/m_ --
Temperature variation rate 0.5 °C / min --
Minimum air pressure 70 kPA --
Maximum air pressure 106 kPA --
Solar radiation 700 W/m2 --
Thermal radiation -- --
Movement of the air 1.0 m/s --
Condensate formation Possible Provide heating,
if frequent approx.
1 per day for 2 hours
Matter deposited by the wind No --
Water (other than rain) See other ambient climatic --
conditions
Ice accumulation No --
Other ambient climatic 3Z1 Thermal radiation is negligible
conditions 3Z7 Water drops as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX1
3Z9 Water spray as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX4
3Z10 Water jets as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX5
Biological 3B2 Flora Mould formation
Fauna Presence of rodents and other IP4X, including protection
harmful animals, other than for technical floors
termites
Chemically active 3C3 Marine salt Salt mist ≤ 2 mg/dm2
substances average value
Sulphurous anhydride SO2 5.0 mg/m3 (2 ppm)
Hydrogen sulphide H2S 3.0 mg/m3 (2 ppm)
Chlorine Cl2 0.3 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm)
Hydrogen chloride HCl 1.0 mg/m3 (0.7 ppm)
Hydrofluoric acid HF 0.1 mg/m3 (0.06 ppm)
Ammonia NH3 10.0 mg/m3 (14.3 ppm)
Ozone O3 0.1 mg/m3 (0.05 ppm)

10
Nitrogen oxide NOx 3.0 mg/m3 (1.66 ppm)
Mechanically active 3S1 Sand in the air -- < IP5X
substances Dust (matter in suspension) 0.01 mg/m3
Dust (matter deposited) 0.4 mg/(m2 × h)
3S3 Sand in the air 300 mg/m3 ≥ IP5X
Dust (matter in suspension) 0.4 mg/m3
Dust (matter deposited) 15 mg/(m2 × h)
1)
According to standard IEC 60721-3-3 the minimum admissible air
temperature is + 5° C
2) Higher values can be admitted on request (see dimensioning tables)

10/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Catalog notes

■ Overview
Trademarks Symbols
All product designations may be registered trademarks or In the table below, you will find all symbols concerning connec-
product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose tions that can occur in this catalog. In combination with orange
use by third parties for their own purposes may violate the rights highlighting, these identify special selection criteria.
of the owner.
Amendments Connections
Unless stated otherwise on the individual pages of this catalog, Screw connection
we reserve the right to make changes, in particular to the spec-
Ring cable lug connection
ified values, measurements and weights.
Dimensions Spring-loaded terminals

All dimensions are in mm.

Illustrations
The illustrations are not binding.
Technical specifications
The technical specifications are for general information pur-
poses only. Always heed the operating instructions and notices
on individual products during assembly, operation and mainte-
nance.
Further technical information is available at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support
• under "Entry type":
- Application example
- Certificate
- Characteristic
- Download
- FAQ
- Manual
- Product note
- Software archive
- Technical data
Configurators can be found under
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
Assembly, operation and maintenance
Always heed the operating instructions and notices on individual
products during assembly, operation and maintenance.

10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/3

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Ordering notes

■ Logistics
General Packaging, packing units
With regard to delivery service, communications and environ- The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides
mental protection, our logistics service ensures "quality from the protection against dust and mechanical damage during trans-
moment of ordering right through to delivery". By designing our port, thus ensuring that all our products arrive in perfect condi-
infrastructure according to customer requirements and imple- tion.
menting electronic order processing, we have successfully
optimized our logistics processes. We select our packaging for maximum environmental compati-
bility and reusability (e.g. crumpled paper for protection during
We are proud of our personal consulting service, on-time transport in packages up to 32 kg) and, in particular, with a view
deliveries and 1-day transport within Germany. to reducing waste.
To this end, we supply preferred types marked with } ex With our multi-unit and reusable packaging, we offer you specific
works. types of packaging that are both kind to the environment and tai-
lored to your requirements:
We regard the DIN ISO 9001 certification and consistent quality
checks as an integral part of our services. Your advantages at a glance:
Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free. • Lower ordering costs.
Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages. • Cost savings through same-material type packaging:
Low/no disposal costs.
• Reduced time and cost thanks to short unpacking times.
• "Just-in-time" delivery directly to the production line helps re-
duce stock: Cost savings through reduction of storage areas.
• Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets.
• Standard Euro boxes - corresponding to the Euro pallet
modular system - suitable for most conveyor systems.
• Active contribution to environmental protection.

Unless stated otherwise in the "Selection and ordering data" of

this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed.
For small parts/accessories, we offer you cost-effective
packaging units as standard packs containing more than one
item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole
number multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure
satisfactory quality of the products and problem-free order
processing.
The products are delivered in a neutral carton. The label
includes warning notices, the CE marking, and device
descriptions in English and German.
In addition to the Article No. (MLFB) and the number of items in
the packaging, the order number for operating instructions
(Instr.-Order-No.) is also specified.
They can be obtained from your local Siemens representative
(you will find a list at www.siemens.com/automation/partner).
Most device Article No.'s can be obtained by means of the EAN
barcode to simplify ordering and storage logistics.
The associated master data, too, is available from your local
Siemens representative.

10

10/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Ordering notes

■ Overview
Ordering special versions Ordering very small quantities
When ordering products that differ from the standard versions When very small orders are placed, the costs associated with or-
listed in the catalog, "–Z" must be added to the Article No. indi- der processing are greater than the order value. We therefore
cated and the required features must be specified using alpha- recommend that you combine several small orders. Where this
numeric order codes or plain text. is not possible, we regret that we are obliged to make a small
processing charge: for orders with a net goods value of less than
€ 250 we charge a € 20 supplement to cover our order
processing and invoicing costs.
Explanations of Selection and Ordering Data
Delivery time class (DT)
Preferred types are device types that can be delivered immediately ex works, i.e. they are dispatched
DT Meaning within 24 hours.
} Preferred type If ordered in normal quantities, the products are usually delivered within the specified delivery times,
calculated from the date we receive your order.
A Two working days
In exceptional cases, delivery times may vary from those specified.
B One week
The delivery times are valid ex works from Siemens AG (products ready for dispatch).
C Three weeks
Shipping times depend on the destination and the method of shipping. The standard shipping time for
D Six weeks
Germany is one day.
X On request
The specified delivery times are correct at the time of going to print and are subject to constant
optimization. Up-to-date information can be found at www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or meters to which the specified price and weight apply.
PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)
The packaging size/packaging unit defines the number, e.g. of units, sets or meters, contained within outer packaging:
• The first digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) indicates the minimum order quantity. You can only order this
specified quantity or a multiple thereof.
• The second digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) specifies the number of units contained within the outer
packaging (e.g. in a carton). You must order this quantity or a multiple thereof if you want the items to be delivered in discrete packaging
quantities.
Examples:

PS/P. unit Meaning

1 unit You can order one item or a multiple thereof.
5 units Five units are packed in a bag, for example. Because the bags cannot be opened, you can only order a multiple of
the quantity contained in the bag: 5, 10, 15, 20 etc.
5/100 units One carton contains (for example) 20 bags, each containing 5 units, i.e. a total of 100 units. If only cartons are
available for delivery, you need to order a multiple of the carton quantity: 100, 200, 300, etc.
Ordering a quantity of 220 units would result in the following delivery: two cartons, each containing 100 units
(= 200 units) and 4 bags, each containing 5 units (= 20 units).
1 set A set comprises a defined number of different parts.
Price group (PG)
Each product is allocated to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
DT Article No. Price PU PS/ PG Weight DT Article No. Price PU PS/ PG
per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU per PU (UNIT, P. unit
SET, M) approx. SET, M)
kg
} 3NW7013 1 1/12 units 017 0.076 8HP2021 1 1 unit 046

DT: Preferred type PU: One unit (on which price is based) 10
PU: One unit (on which price is based) PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity
PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity / 12 = quantity per PG: 046
carton
PG: 017
Weight 76 g, always given in kg
per PU

Note:
The article numbers shown here are examples only. They are not necessarily included in this catalog, nor is it essential that their
specifications regarding selection and ordering data be up to date. When ordering, always use the selection and ordering data.

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/5

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Further documentation

■ Low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation technology on the WWW

We regard product support to be just as important as the
products and systems themselves.
Visit our website for a comprehensive offering of support for low-
voltage power distribution and electrical installation products,
such as:
• Overview of the entire product portfolio
• Keeping up to date via newsletters, podcasts, blogs and
Twitter
• Access to interesting videos on YouTube
• Contact with partners around the world
• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
and much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage

■ Information and Download Center

You will find regularly updated information material such as
catalogs, customer magazines, brochures and trial versions of
software for low-voltage power distribution and electrical instal-
lations on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial
Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).

10

10/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Further documentation

■ Product selection using the interactive catalog CA 01

Detailed information together with user-friendly interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 with more than 80,000 products
provides a comprehensive overview of the product range from
Siemens Industry.
You can find everything you need here for solving automation,
switching, installation and drive technology tasks. All information
is provided over a user interface that is both user-friendly and
intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information about the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found on
the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.

■ Industry Mall
The Industry Mall – for online information, product selection
and ordering:
• Detailed information including product data, illustrations,
certificates and CAx data
• Simple configuring of systems
• Possible to request individualized quotations
• Availability check
• Online ordering facility
• Order tracking/order overview
• Fast access to relevant training offers and services
You can find the Industry Mall on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrymall

■ Industry Online Support

Comprehensive support – at any time, whatever your
location
• FAQs, sample applications, information about successor
products and product news
• Prompt assistance with technical queries
• Discussions and best practice sharing with other users in the
forum
• Provision of high-quality product data for your planning
programs 10
• Faster access to information – with helpful filter and folder
functions in mySupport
• Automatic notification service to keep you up to date with the
latest information about topics of interest to you
To find the link to Siemens Industry Online Support, go to
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/7

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Further documentation

■ Industry Online Support App

Main functions at a glance
• Scanning of product codes (EAN/QR and data matrix codes)
with direct display of all technical information on the product,
including graphic data (CAx data).
• Delivery of product information or entries by e-mail, so that the
information can immediately be processed at the workplace.
s • Submission of queries to Technical Support (Support
Requests). With photo function for transmitting detailed
information.
• Contents and interfaces available in six languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese) – including
Android: option of temporary switchover to English.
• Offline cache function for all favorites stored in "mySupport".
These entries can also be retrieved without network reception.
• Import of PDF documents into a library (e.g. iBooks or similar).
• An overview of the main functions can be found at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support-app

Industry Online
Support App
ANDROID

Apple iOS:

Industry Online
Support App
iOS

Windows:

10

Industry Online
Support App
WINDOWS 8

10/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Further documentation

■ Product configurator
Find the right product faster using intuitive product
selection
• Complete selection of products and systems based on
technical characteristics or application requirements
• Simple, intuitive operation
• Option to save the configuration and order lists in a file format
of your choice (txt, pdf, xls, csv)
• Direct transfer of the order list into the shopping cart of the
Siemens Industry Mall
• Fast access to product data, diagrams, certificates and
CAx data for the selected product and system configuration
• Available in multiple languages for use by customers
anywhere in the world
The configurators are available online in the Siemens Industry
Mall and offline in Catalog CA01. A product selection process
could hardly be made any clearer, faster or easier.
You can find our configurators at the following website:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators

10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/9

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Further documentation

■ CAx Download Manager

The 12 CAx data types are listed below:
The CAx Download Manager can supply you with all the neces-

I
Terminal connec- Product sary CAx file types for the products of your choice for use in all
3D models
tion diagrams images common CAE and CAD systems. The data contained in the files
is continuously updated. The whole process involves only four
Product Manuals selection steps and is free of charge. All your selected files are
Data sheets
master data packed into a zip file which you can download for further use.
Characteristic Certificates EPLAN Electric This service will cut the time it takes you to integrate product
curves P8 Macros data into your CAE and CAD system by up to 80 %.
Siemens makes available up to 12 file types to support your
mechanical (CAD) and electrical (CAE) planning processes for
you to download at any time of the day.
Time savings of up to 80 % with universal product data for
your CAE and CAD systems
• No manual data collection necessary
• Universal manufacturer data for all common CAE and CAD
systems
• Standardized documentation is simple to generate
• Choice of different languages for system commissioning
anywhere in the world

■ My Documentation Manager
In accordance with directives*, the documentation is part of the
plant and requires certification, thus giving the purchaser the
right to full plant documentation.
To support you in this, a manual configurator has been devel-
oped with which you can put together individual and standard-
compliant documentation – fully in accordance with the relevant
project-specific requirements.
You can thus select the chapters relevant to the respective
project from the available manuals of the installed Siemens com-
ponents. FAQs, certificates, data sheets and your own content
can also be incorporated. This means that the documentation is
perfectly tailored to your individual needs, making information
easier to locate.
User-friendly compilation of project-specific documentation
• Compile and structure manuals, data sheets, FAQs and
certificates simply by dragging and dropping
In "mySupport" you can compile individual documentation for • Insert personalized content via the Notes function
your project by dragging and dropping • Further processing possible thanks to selectable export
formats (pdf, xml, rtf)
* e.g. Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and EC Machinery • After generating the documentation, automatic translation into
Directive 2006/42/EC the desired language is possible
• Always up-to-the minute thanks to the Update function

10 You can find "My Documentation Manager" on the Internet at

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mdm

10/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Quality management

■ Overview
The quality management system of our EM LP Business Unit
complies with the international standard EN ISO 9001.
The products and systems listed in this catalog are developed
and manufactured using a certified quality management system
in accordance with EN ISO 9001:2008.

10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/11

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Standards and approvals

■ Overview
Certificates
An overview, updated on a daily basis, of our products certified
in accordance with CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations
etc. for products in the areas of low-voltage power distribution,
electrical installation technology and industrial controls as well
as additional technical documentation can be found on the
Internet at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates

In the Entry list you can filter the view in order to quickly find
comprehensive information on the following subjects:
• Product or search term
• Date
• Type of certificate (general product approval, test certificates,
shipping approval, ...)
• Certificate (confirmations, UL, VDE,...)
10 • Approval office (TÜV, VDE, UL, ...)
• Country

10/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Standards and approvals

■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German approve special versions. Such special versions are listed
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European separately from the standard versions in the relevant parts of this
standards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards catalog.
assigned to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of
this catalog. For this equipment, there are sometimes limits with regard to the
maximum permissible voltages, currents and rated outputs or
In addition to the pertinent VDE, EN and IEC standards, the special approvals and, in some cases, special identification may
requirements of the various regulations valid in other countries be required.
have also been taken into account in the design of the equip-
ment in some cases, in order that the devices can be deployed For use on board ships, the specifications of the marine classifi-
globally as far as possible. cation societies must also be observed. In some cases, they
require type tests of the components to be approved.
In some countries an approval is required for certain low-voltage
switchgear and controlgear components. Depending on the www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates
market requirements, these devices have been submitted for If you have any questions concerning UL/CSA approvals,
approval to the authorized testing institutes. contact Technical Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact

10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/13

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Siemens contacts

■ Contact partners at Siemens Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology
At Siemens Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical
Installation Technology, more than 85 000 people are resolutely
pursuing the same goal:
Long-term improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our dedication, we are
continually setting new standards. In all industries – worldwide.
At your service, locally, around the globe: Partners for consult-
ing, sales, training, service, support, spare parts ...
on the entire Siemens range of Low-Voltage Power Distribution
and Electrical Installation Technology.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contact Database at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact
You start by selecting a
• competence,
• product or branch,
• country,
• city.

10

10/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix
Service & Support
Unrivaled complete range of services

■ Online Support ■ Field Service

Our comprehensive online infor- Siemens Field Service offers
mation platform covers every support with all aspects of main-
aspect of our Service & Support tenance – so that the availability
and is available whenever, of your machines and plants is
wherever. assured whatever the case.

More detailed information is available at More detailed information is available at

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact

■ Technical Support ■ Spare Parts

The competent consulting
service for technical issues with Plants and systems in all indus-
a broad range of customer- tries worldwide are expected to
oriented services for all our meet ever higher levels of avail-
products and systems. ability.
We can help you rule out unex-
pected stoppages: with a global
network and optimum logistics
chains.

More detailed information is available at More detailed information is available at

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact

■ Training ■ Specification texts

Extend your lead – with practice- You can obtain qualified, free support to help you produce
related know-how straight from specifications for technically equipping non-residential and
the manufacturer. industrial buildings at
www.siemens.com/specifications

More detailed information is available at

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
10

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/15

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Comprehensive support from A to Z

■ Overview
Product information
Website Fast and targeted information on low-voltage power
distribution:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage

Newsletter Always up to date about our trend-setting products

and systems:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter

Product information/product & system selection

Information and Current catalogues, customer magazines,
Download Centre brochures, demo software and promotion packages:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Industry Mall Comprehensive information and order platform for

the Siemens Industry cart:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mall

CA 01 The interactive catalog on DVD for automation and

drive technology and low-voltage power distribution
and electrical installation products

Product & system engineering

SIMARIS Support in planning and configuring the electrical
planning tools power distribution:
www.siemens.com/simaris

SIMARIS Assists in generating offers and configuring ALPHA

ConFiguration Basic distribution boards and SIVACON S4 power
planning and distribution boards
configuration tool www.siemens.com/scfb

Product documentation
Siemens Industry Comprehensive technical information - from planning
Online Support to configuration and operation:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support

Product configurator Selection of products and systems based on

technical characteristics or application
requirements:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators

CAx Download Collation of CAx data types for standard CAE and
Manager CAD systems:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/cax

My Documentation Compilation of project-specific documentation:

Manager www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mdm

Image database Collection of product photos and graphics such as

dimensional drawings and internal circuit diagrams:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb

Product training

10
SITRAIN Portal Comprehensive training programme about our
products, systems and engineering tools:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training

Product hotline
Technical Support: Support in all technical queries regarding our
products:
E-mail: [email protected]
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact

10/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Subject index
Numerics Base ......................................................................................................... 2/13
19" racks ...................................................................................................4/44 • Mechanical dimensions ..............................................................2/27, 6/11
• Mounting plates ....................................................................................4/44 • Base covers ..................................................................................2/14, 6/5
• Base corner pieces ............................................................. 2/12, 2/14, 6/5
A
• Base compartment covers ................................................................... 2/24
Accessories
• Base compartment doors .................................................................... 2/24
• Fasteners
• Base reinforcement .......................................................................2/14, 6/5
- for electrical connections ....................................................................7/2
- for mechanical connections ................................................................7/2 Bits for screwdriver .................................................................................... 7/3
• Miscellaneous parts Blanking strips .................................................................................4/40, 6/23
- Mechanical accessory parts ...............................................................7/3 Bottom plates .......................................................................... 2/11, 2/15, 6/6
• Other accessories ..................................................................................7/3 Busbar arrangement
Air circuit breakers • Mechanical dimensions ....................................................................... 5/20
• Internal separation .................................................................................5/9 Busbar clamps ........................................................................................... 7/2
Air circuit breakers, 3WL..............................................................................5/9 Busbar connections
• Assembly kits for ....................................................................................4/2 • Fasteners for ........................................................................................ 3/16
• Delivery units for ..................................................................................4/10 Busbar holders ...................................................................... 3/14, 6/17, 6/22
Air-conditioning ..........................................................................................9/2 Busbar systems
Air-conditioning/cooling units • Compact busbars ................................................................................ 3/14
• Cooling units for roof mounting ..............................................................9/8 • Fasteners for ........................................................................................ 3/16
• Cooling units for door or side panel mounting .......................................9/8 • Main busbar ........................................................................................... 3/2
ALPHA modular installation system ............................................................6/2 • Mechanical dimensions ....................................................................... 3/18
ALPHA system ............................................................................................6/2 • PE bar .................................................................................................... 3/7
App • Vertical busbar ....................................................................................... 3/9
• Siemens Industry Online Support App ................................................10/8 Busbars
Assembly kits • Main busbar
• 19" racks ...............................................................................................4/44 - Internal separation .............................................................................. 5/4
• for 3K switch disconnectors .................................................................4/28 • Vertical busbar
- Internal separation .............................................................................. 5/6
• for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors ................................ 4/32, 4/33
Bus-mounting fuse bases
• for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses .................................4/35
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/20
• for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors .....................................................4/31
• for 3VA circuit breakers ........................................................................6/18 C
• for 3VL circuit breakers ........................................................................6/19 Cable bracket ............................................................................................. 7/3
• for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers ................................................4/12 Cable holders ........................................................................................... 6/23
- Front cover ........................................................................................4/16
Circuit breakers
- Vertical installation with modular door ...............................................4/25
• 3VL moulded case circuit breakers
- Vertical installation with front cover ...................................................4/19
- Mechanical dimensions .................................................................... 4/46
- Horizontal installation with modular door ..........................................4/22
- Modular assembly kits ...................................................................... 5/11
• for 3VT moulded case circuit breakers ...................................... 4/26, 4/27
• 3WL air circuit breakers .................................................................. 4/2, 5/9
- Vertical installation .............................................................................4/26
- Horizontal installation ........................................................................4/27 Compact busbars .................................................................................... 3/14
• for 3WL air circuit breakers ....................................................................4/2 Compact lights for 8MF .............................................................................. 8/2
• for 8GK system Connecting panel for mounting plate ....................................................... 4/42
- Adapter ...............................................................................................6/2 Connecting terminals ............................................................................... 5/13
- Touch protection ..................................................................................6/2 • Mechanical dimensions ....................................................................... 5/20
- Uprights ...............................................................................................6/3 Connection
- Crossbars ............................................................................................6/2
• Rear, 3VL moulded case circuit breaker ............................................. 5/15
• for bus-mounting fuse bases ...............................................................6/20
Connection kit
• for empty sections ................................................................................6/15
• IP43/IP55 .............................................................................................. 6/23
• for empty sections with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm .............................6/15
Connections
• for horizontal terminal blocks ...............................................................6/14
• Electrical ................................................................................................ 7/2
• for in-line fuse switch disconnectors ....................................................6/20
• Mechanical ............................................................................................ 7/2
• for LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors .................................................6/17
Cooling units .............................................................................................. 9/8
• for meter installation .............................................................................6/21
Copper busbars ....................................................................................... 6/22
• for modular devices ....................................................................6/14, 4/40
- SIKclip ...............................................................................................4/41 Coupling bar for bar lock ................................................. 2/18, 2/19, 6/8, 6/9
• for SR60 busbar system, 60 mm ..........................................................6/21
• for unequipped distribution boards .....................................................6/14
Covers ............................................... 2/21, 4/9, 4/15, 4/16, 4/17, 4/25, 4/26,
...................................................................... 4/27, 4/30, 4/31, 4/32, 4/33, 6/5 10
• 3NP1 123... NH000 .............................................................................. 6/17
• for vertical terminal blocks ...................................................................6/15
• Outer covers ...............................................................................2/18, 2/23
• Modular – 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP ...............................................................5/11
• Modular covers .................................................................................... 2/24
• Mounting plates ....................................................................................4/42
• Internal covers ............................................................................2/21, 2/22
• with mounting plates ............................................................................6/16
• Head compartment covers .................................................................. 2/23
B • Measuring instrument covers .............................................................. 2/22
Bar guides ........................................................................2/18, 2/19, 6/8, 6/9 • Base covers ......................................................................................... 2/14
Bar lock • Base compartment covers ................................................................... 2/24
• Coupling bar for ...........................................................2/18, 2/19, 6/8, 6/9 Crossbars ................................................................................................. 5/12
• Locking bar for .............................................................2/18, 2/19, 6/8, 6/9 Cubicle air-conditioning ....................................................................9/2, 9/10
Cubicle ID plates ...............................................................................2/19, 6/9
Cubicle keys ......................................................................................2/19, 6/9
Cubicle lighting for 8MF ............................................................................. 8/2

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/17

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Subject index
D H
Delivery units Head compartment covers ...................................................................... 2/23
• for 3WL air circuit breakers ..................................................................4/10 Heat exchangers
Device compartment ................................................................................4/33 • Air/air heat exchangers .......................................................................... 9/9
DIN rail Holders
• lowered .................................................................................................6/23 • for distribution busbars ........................................................................ 4/33
Door hinges ...................................................................................... 2/19, 6/9 • for fastening to cable bracket ................................................................ 7/3
Doors ........................................................................................................2/18 • Insulated for N/PEN/PE .......................................................................... 3/7
• Modular door .................................................... 4/9, 4/15, 4/22, 4/33, 4/40 Hygrostats ................................................................................................ 9/13
• Section doors .......................................................................................4/33 Hygrotherms ............................................................................................. 9/13
• for semi-cylindrical profile ............................................................ 4/33, 6/7
I
• Inner door .............................................................................................4/42
ID plate ..............................................................................................2/19, 6/9
• Head compartment doors ....................................................................2/23
Industry Mall ............................................................................................. 10/7
• with two-way interlocking system ................................................. 4/33, 6/7
• Base compartment doors ....................................................................2/24 Industry Online Support ........................................................................... 10/7
• Accessories .................................................................................... 6/8, 6/9 Information and Download Centre ........................................................... 10/6
Dual lights In-line fuse switch disconnectors
• for 8MC, 8MF ..........................................................................................8/2 • Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/20
In-line switch disconnectors with fuse
E • 3NJ6 – assembly kits for ...................................................................... 4/35
Electrical connections ................................................................................7/2 Inner door ................................................................................................. 4/42
Electronic hygrostats ................................................................................9/14 Inner door strut ..................................................................................2/19, 6/9
Electronic hygrotherms .............................................................................9/15 Integrated lights
Electronic thermostats ..............................................................................9/14 • for 8MC, 8MF ......................................................................................... 8/4
EMC filter fans ............................................................................................9/5 Integrated lights for 8MF ............................................................................ 8/2
Empty sections Internal covers .................................................................................2/21, 2/22
• Assembly kits for ~ ...............................................................................6/15 Internal separation ..................................................................................... 5/2
Enclosure ..................................................................................................2/13 • 3WL air circuit breakers ......................................................................... 5/9
• Internal covers ........................................................................... 2/21, 2/22 • Main busbar ........................................................................................... 5/4
• Mechanical dimensions .......................................................................6/10 • Modular kits
• Panelling sections ........................................................................ 2/13, 6/4 - 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP ............................................................................. 5/11
Extra-deep brackets .................................................................................6/23 • Vertical busbar ....................................................................................... 5/7
F IP55 degree of protection
• Upgrade ............................................................................................... 2/23
Fan heaters ...............................................................................................9/11
Fasteners ..................................................................................................3/16 L
• for electrical connections .......................................................................7/2 LED lights ................................................................................................... 8/4
• for mechanical connections ...................................................................7/2 Lights for 8MF ............................................................................................ 8/2
Fasteners for busbar connections ............................................................3/16 Locking bar for bar lock ................................................... 2/18, 2/19, 6/8, 6/9
Filter fans ....................................................................................................9/5 Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
• 19" fan draw-out units .............................................................................9/7 Electrical Installation Technology in the WWW ......................................... 10/6
• Filter mats ...............................................................................................9/7 M
• Outlet filters ............................................................................................9/6
Main busbar ........................................................................................3/2, 5/4
• Roof filter fans ........................................................................................9/7
• top .......................................................................................................... 2/4
• Versions ..................................................................................................9/5
Main busbar at top ..............................................................................4/5, 4/7
Flat copper terminal ...................................................................................7/2
Measuring instrument covers ................................................................... 2/22
Flat cylinders .................................................................................... 2/18, 6/8
Mechanical accessory parts ...................................................................... 7/3
Floor anchoring
Mechanical dimensions
• Mechanical dimensions ............................................................. 2/26, 6/10
• 3VL moulded case circuit breaker with
Frame ............................................................................................... 2/2, 4/37 motorised operating mechanism ......................................................... 4/46
• 8GK system .................................................................................... 6/2, 6/3 • Base ............................................................................................2/27, 6/11
• Frame without main busbar ....................................................................2/2 • Busbar arrangement ............................................................................ 5/20
• Main busbar at top .................................................................................2/4 • Busbar systems ................................................................................... 3/18
• Mechanical dimensions ............................................................. 2/26, 6/10 • Connecting terminal ............................................................................. 5/20

10 Frame accessories ...................................................................................2/10

Frame connection .......................................................................................3/7
• Enclosure ............................................................................................. 6/10
• Floor anchoring ...........................................................................2/26, 6/10
Frame earth ........................................................................................ 3/5, 3/6 • Frame ..........................................................................................2/26, 6/10
Frame panelling ................................................................................ 2/18, 6/7 • Mounting plates ................................................................................... 4/45
Front cover Mechanical hygrostats ............................................................................. 9/14
• Supports for ~ ......................................................................................6/22 Mechanical thermostats ........................................................................... 9/14
Front cover assembly kit Meter installation
• for measuring instruments ....................................................................6/15 • Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/21
Fuse switch disconnectors Miscellaneous parts
• 3NJ4 – assembly kits for ............................................................ 4/32, 4/33 • Mechanical accessory parts ................................................................. 7/3
• 3NP .......................................................................................................5/11 Modular covers ........................................................................................ 2/24
• 3NP1 – assembly kits for ......................................................................4/31 Modular devices
• Assembly kits for ~ ...............................................................................6/17 • Assembly kits for .................................................................................. 4/40
- SIKclip ............................................................................................... 4/41
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/14

10/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Subject index
Modular doors ...................................................... 4/9, 4/15, 4/22, 4/33, 4/40 SIKclip
• Accessories ..........................................................................................2/24 • Assembly kits for modular devices ...................................................... 4/41
• Base compartment doors ....................................................................2/24 Slimline lights ............................................................................................. 8/2
• Head compartment doors ....................................................................2/23 Small thermostats ..................................................................................... 9/13
Modular installation system ALPHA.............................................................6/2 • Assembly kits for ~, 3VT switch disconnectors
Modular kits - Assembly kits for ~ ........................................................................... 6/19
• 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP ................................................................................5/11 • Mechanical dimensions ....................................................................... 4/46
- Internal separation ............................................................................5/11 • Modular assembly kits ......................................................................... 5/11
Moulded case circuit breakers, 3VL Socket outlets
• Assembly kits for ..................................................................................4/12 • for 8MF ................................................................................................... 8/2
- Front cover ........................................................................................4/16 Spare key ................................................................................................. 6/23
- Vertical installation with modular door ...............................................4/25 SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
- Vertical installation with front cover ...................................................4/19
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/21
- Horizontal installation with modular door ..........................................4/22
Standard filter fans in EMC version ............................................................ 9/5
Moulded case circuit breakers, 3VT
Support brackets ...................................................................................... 2/11
• Assembly kits for ........................................................................ 4/26, 4/27
- Vertical installation .............................................................................4/26 Supporting structure
- Horizontal installation ........................................................................4/27 • Main busbar at top ................................................................................. 2/4
Mounting brackets ......................................................................................7/3 Supports
Mounting plate • for front cover ....................................................................................... 6/22
Mounting plates .................................. 4/9, 4/15, 4/16, 4/17, 4/33, 4/40, 4/42 Switch disconnectors
• Assembly kits with ~ ............................................................................6/16 • 3K – assembly kits for .......................................................................... 4/28
• Cubicle-high .........................................................................................6/16 • 3VT, 3K ................................................................................................. 5/11
• Mechanical dimensions .......................................................................4/45 Switching modules ................................................................................... 9/15
Mounting tool ............................................................................................6/23 System air-conditioning .............................................................................. 9/2
My Documentation Manager ....................................................................10/9 T
N Tamper-proof thermostats ........................................................................ 9/13
N/PE bar Technical specifications
• as plug-in terminal ...............................................................................6/22 • SIVACON S4 power distribution boards ................................................ 1/5
Terminal blocks
O
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/14
Other accessories ......................................................................................7/3
Terminal cover
Outer covers ................................................................................... 2/18, 2/23
• for 3NJ62 ............................................................................................. 4/39
P Terminals
Panelling sections ............................................................................ 2/13, 6/4 • for circular conductors ......................................................................... 6/23
• Accessories ................................................................................ 2/18, 2/19 Thermostats .............................................................................................. 9/13
Panels Tools
• Rear panels ......................................................................... 2/12, 2/15, 6/6 • Bits for screwdriver ................................................................................ 7/3
• Side panels .................................................................................. 2/15, 6/6 Top plates ....................................................................... 2/12, 2/13, 2/17, 6/6
PE bar .........................................................................................................3/7 Touch protection ........................................................................ 4/25, 5/7, 6/3
Plates Twin thermostats ...................................................................................... 9/14
• Bottom plates ...................................................................... 2/11, 2/15, 6/6 Two-way interlocking mechanism .....................................................2/18, 6/8
• Top plates ............................................................................ 2/12, 2/17, 6/6
U
Plug-in rail .................................................................................................5/12
Unequipped distribution boards
Plug-on mounts for 8MF .............................................................................8/2
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/14
Protection and switching devices
Universal mounting brackets ..................................................................... 7/3
• 3VL moulded case circuit breakers
Upgrade
- Rear connection ................................................................................5/15
• IP55 degree of protection .................................................................... 2/23
• 3WL air circuit breakers .........................................................................5/9
• Modular assembly kits – 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP ........................................5/12 V
PTC fan heaters ........................................................................................9/12 Vertical busbar ....................................................................................3/9, 5/7
Q VL circuit breakers
• Assembly kits for ~ .............................................................................. 6/19
Quick-lock screws ....................................................................................6/23

R
Rear panels ............................................................................. 2/12, 2/15, 6/6
W
Washers ...................................................................................................... 7/2
10
S
Screws ........................................................................................................7/2
Section doors ...........................................................................................4/33
• Accessories ........................................................................... 2/22, 6/8, 6/9
• with semi-cylindrical profile ..................................................................2/18
Semiconductor heaters
• with thermostat .....................................................................................9/10
• without thermostat ................................................................................9/10
Semi-cylindrical profiles ................................................................... 2/19, 6/9
Separation
• Internal ...................................................................................................5/2
Side panels ....................................................................................... 2/15, 6/6
Siemens Industry Online Support App .....................................................10/8

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/19

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Article number index including export markings

■ Overview
Article No. Page Export markings Article No. Page Export markings
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3NJ 8PQ2
3NJ 4/33, 4/38 ... 39, 6/20 N N 8PQ200 2/21 ... 22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/33, 4/39, N N
5S 4/42

5SH 6/22 N N 8PQ201 2/21 ... 22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/16 ... 18, N N
4/22 ... 24, 4/27, 4/40
5ST 4/41 N N
8PQ202 2/22 ... 24, 4/16 ... 18, 4/22 ... 24, N N
8G 4/26 ... 27, 4/30 ... 31, 4/38, 4/40
8GD 6/23 N N 8PQ203 2/22, 2/24, 4/16 ... 24, 4/27, N N
8GE 6/21 N N 4/30 ... 31, 4/40

8GF 3/14 ... 15 N N 8PQ204 2/22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/16, 4/19 ... 23, N N
4/25, 4/27, 4/30, 4/40
8GK4 6/14 ... 21 N N
8PQ205 2/22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/5, 4/7, 4/9, N N
8GK91 2/22 N N 4/18, 4/20 ... 21, 4/25, 4/30
8GK95 6/16 N N 8PQ206 2/22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/5, 4/7, 4/19, N N
8GK96 6/17, 6/22 N N 4/21, 4/25, 4/40

8GK971 6/17, 6/22 N N 8PQ207 2/23 ... 25, 4/5, 4/7, 4/19, 4/25 N N

8GK973 6/22 N N 8PQ208 2/22, 2/24 ... 25, 4/25, 4/33, 4/42 N N

8GK99 4/40, 6/17, 6/22 ... 23 N N 8PQ209 4/25 N N

8MF1 8PQ21 2/18, 2/20, 4/39, 4/42, 6/7, 6/9 N N
8MF1 2/10, 8/3, 8/5 N N 8PQ23 2/11 ... 12, 2/15, 2/17, 6/6 ... 7 N N
8MF4 8PQ24 2/12, 2/16, 6/6 N N
8MF4 8/2 ... 3 N N 8PQ25 2/16, 6/6 N N
8MF5 8PQ3
8MF590 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA0 2/3, 2/5, 2/9, 4/38 N N
8MF5910 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA1 2/7, 2/10, 3/8, 3/14 ... 15, 5/8 N N
8MF5910-1 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA3 4/43, 7/3 N N
8MF5910-2 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA4 7/3 N N
8MF5910-3A 8/3 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-0BA5 4/39, 5/4, 5/8 N N
8MF5910-3B 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA6 2/5, 4/38 ... 39, 5/4 N N
8MF9 8PQ3000-0BA7 2/10, 3/14, 5/4, 5/6, 7/3 N N
8MF9 8/3 N N 8PQ3000-0BA8 2/10, 3/14, 5/6, 5/12, 7/3 N N
8MR20 8PQ3000-1BA0 4/43, 7/3 N N
8MR20 8/2 N N 8PQ3000-1BA1 4/43 ... 44, 5/4 N N
8MR211 9/10 N N 8PQ3000-1BA2 2/10, 3/15, 4/43, 5/4, 5/6 N N
8MR212 9/11 N N 8PQ3000-1BA3 2/2 ... 5, 2/8 ... 9, 4/37 N N
8MR213 9/10 N N 8PQ3000-1BA4 2/2 ... 5, 2/7, 2/9, 4/37 ... 39 N N
8MR2140-0 9/11 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-1BA5 4/39, 4/43, 5/4 N N
8MR2140-1 9/11 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-1BA6 4/43 N N
8MR2140-2A 9/11 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-1BA7 4/11, 6/2 ... 3 N N
8MR2140-2B 9/11 N N 8PQ3000-1BA8 6/2 ... 3 N N
8MR2140-3A 9/11 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-2 4/43, 5/4, 5/6, 5/8, 6/3, 7/3 N N
8MR2140-3B 9/11 EAR99 N 8PQ3000-3 2/7, 5/5 N N
8MR2140-3C 9/12 N N 8PQ4
8MR2140-3D 9/12 N N 8PQ4000-0BA0 3/5 ... 6, 3/8, 5/7 N N

10 8MR2140-4A
8MR2140-4B
9/11
9/11
EAR99
N
N
N
8PQ4000-0BA1
8PQ4000-0BA2
3/5 ... 7
3/12
N
N
N
N
8MR2140-5 9/12 N N 8PQ4000-0BA31 3/13 N N
8MR215 9/12 N N 8PQ4000-0BA32 3/11 N N
8MR217 9/13 ... 15 N N 8PQ4000-0BA37 3/5 ... 6, 3/8, 3/13 N N
8MR218 9/15 N N 8PQ4000-0BA38 3/13 N N
8MR219 4/44, 9/7 N N 8PQ4000-0BA4 3/11, 3/13 N N
8MR22 8/4 ... 5 N N 8PQ4000-0BA5 3/5 ... 8, 3/11 N N
8MR61 8PQ4000-0BA60 3/5 ... 6 N N
8MR6 9/5 ... 9 N N 8PQ4000-0BA61 3/13 N N
8PQ1 8PQ4000-0BA62 3/5 ... 6 N N
8PQ10 2/11, 2/14, 6/5 N N 8PQ4000-0BA63 3/11 N N
8PQ12 2/2, 2/4, 2/6, 2/8, 2/10 ... 12, 4/37, N N 8PQ4000-0BA64 5/7 N N
6/2
8PQ4000-0BA67 3/7 N N
8PQ4000-0BA70 3/11 N N

10/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Article number index including export markings

Article No. Page Export markings Article No. Page Export markings
ECCN AL ECCN AL
8PQ4000-0BA71 3/11 N N 8PQ6000-5BA88 5/19 N N
8PQ4000-0BA72 3/11 N N 8PQ6000-6BA0 5/19 N N
8PQ4000-0BA73 3/11 N N 8PQ6000-6BA24 5/19 N N
8PQ4000-0BA75 3/11 N N 8PQ6000-6BA25 5/19 N N
8PQ4000-0BA76 5/7 N N 8PQ6000-6BA26 5/19 N N
8PQ4000-0BA77 3/13 N N 8PQ6000-6BA27 4/22 N N
8PQ4000-0BA78 3/13 N N 8PQ6000-6BA28 4/23 N N
8PQ4000-0BA8 3/7 N N 8PQ6000-6BA3 4/22 ... 24 N N
8PQ4000-1 3/6, 3/11 N N 8PQ6000-6BA4 4/22 ... 24 N N
8PQ5 8PQ6000-6BA5 4/22, 4/24 ... 25, 4/40 N N
8PQ5000-0BA0 5/9, 5/14 N N 8PQ6000-6BA7 4/6, 4/8 N N
8PQ5000-0BA1 5/9 ... 10 N N 8PQ6000-7 4/10, 4/15 N N
8PQ5000-0BA2 5/10 N N 8PQ9
8PQ5000-0BA3 5/10 N N 8PQ9400-0BA0 2/19 ... 20, 3/12, 6/8 ... 9, 7/2 ... 3 N N
8PQ5000-0BA7 5/14 N N 8PQ9400-0BA1 2/10, 2/20, 2/25, 5/19, 6/9, N N
7/2 ... 3
8PQ5000-1 4/34, 5/9 ... 10, 5/13 N N
8PQ9400-0BA2 2/19 ... 20, 3/5 ... 6, 6/8 ... 9 N N
8PQ5000-2 4/34, 5/12 ... 13 N N
8PQ9400-0BA3 2/10, 2/19 ... 20, 6/8 ... 9 N N
8PQ5000-3 2/25, 4/6, 4/25, 4/34, 5/9 ... 10, N N
5/12, 5/16, 5/18 8PQ9400-0BA4 2/20, 2/25, 6/9 N N
8PQ5000-4 4/6, 4/8, 5/6, 5/10, 5/16, 5/18 ... 19 N N 8PQ9400-0BA5 2/20, 2/22, 2/25, 6/9 N N
8PQ6 8PQ9400-0BA7 4/15, 5/14 N N
8PQ6000-0 4/40 N N 8PQ95 2/10, 3/12, 7/2 N N
8PQ6000-2 4/16 ... 21, 4/23 ... 24, 4/30, 4/33 N N 8PQ96 7/3 N N
8PQ6000-3 4/9, 4/16 ... 21, 4/23 ... 26, 4/31, N N 8US
4/40
8US1921-2AA 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-4 4/11, 4/16 ... 18, 4/21 ... 25, 4/27 N N
8US1921-2AB 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA0 4/16 ... 17, 4/23 N N
8US1921-2AC 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA13 5/18 N N
8US1921-2AD 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA14 5/18 N N
8US1921-2BA 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA15 5/18 N N
8US1921-2BB 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA17 5/18 N N
8US1921-2BC 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA18 5/18 N N
8US1921-2BD 6/23 N N
8PQ6000-5BA20 5/18 N N
8US1922 3/15, 6/21 N N
8PQ6000-5BA21 5/18 N N
8US1923 3/15, 6/22 N N
8PQ6000-5BA22 5/18 N N
A product's export markings are updated daily at
8PQ6000-5BA23 4/6 N N
www.siemens.com/industrymall.
8PQ6000-5BA24 4/6, 4/8 ... 9 N N
8PQ6000-5BA25 4/9 N N
8PQ6000-5BA26 4/6, 4/8 ... 9 N N
8PQ6000-5BA3 4/6 N N
8PQ6000-5BA4 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA5 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA6 4/31 N N
8PQ6000-5BA70 4/31 N N
8PQ6000-5BA71
8PQ6000-5BA72
4/31
4/31
N
N
N
N
10
8PQ6000-5BA73 4/31 N N
8PQ6000-5BA74 4/31 N N
8PQ6000-5BA75 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA76 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA77 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA78 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA80 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA81 4/6, 4/8, 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA82 4/6, 4/8, 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA83 4/6, 4/8, 4/10 N N
8PQ6000-5BA84 4/6 N N
8PQ6000-5BA87 5/19 N N

Siemens LV 56 · 2015 10/21

 © Siemens AG 2015

Appendix

Conditions of sale and delivery

■ Overview
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software Export regulations
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the Siemens shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such ful-
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con- fillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national
ditions for supplies and services, including software products, or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of embargoes or other sanctions.
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms If Purchaser transfers goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by Siemens or works and
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Siemens to a third party worldwide, Purchaser shall comply with
Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the all applicable national and international (re-) export control
Electrical and Electronics Industry” shall apply. regulations. In any event Purchaser shall comply with the
(re-) export control regulations of the Federal Republic of
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Germany, of the European Union and of the United States of
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with America.
a Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply.
If required to conduct export control checks, Purchaser, upon
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of request by Siemens, shall promptly provide Siemens with all
Germany information pertaining to particular end customer, destination
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General and intended use of goods, works and services provided by
Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Siemens, as well as any export control restrictions existing.
Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Siemens from and
shall apply. against any claim, proceeding, action, fine, loss, cost and
For software products, the “General License Conditions for damages arising out of or relating to any noncompliance with
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with export control regulations by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall
a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. compensate Siemens for all losses and expenses resulting
thereof, unless such noncompliance was not caused by fault of
General the Purchaser. This provision does not imply a change in burden
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the of proof.
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
only apply to devices for export. European / German and/or US export regulations.
Illustrations are not binding. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, by the competent authorities.
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - According to current provisions, the following export regulations
these are subject to change without prior notice. must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. catalog / price list:
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
AL Number of the German Export List
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations. Products marked other than “N” require an export license.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
the prices valid at the time of delivery. Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are subject to Eu-
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain ropean or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges ECCN Export Control Classification Number
will be determined based on the official price and the metal fac- Products marked other than “N” are subject to a reexport
tor of the respective product. license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
Goods labeled with “ECCN“ not equal to “N” are subject to US
order. re-export authorization.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used. Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authoriza-
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price tion may be required due to the final end-use and destination for
10 information of the respective products.
You will find
which the goods are to be used.
In addition, you can preview the export designations via our
• an exact explanation of the metal factor "Industry Mall" online catalog system in the respective product
description. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export
• the text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes
and Delivery of Siemens AG and invoices.
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
terms_of_trade_en.pdf

10/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2015

 © Siemens AG 2015

Catalogs
Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner

Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Catalog

Products for Automation and Drives, Low-Voltage Power CA 01 Electrical Installation Technology
Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA LV 10
Building Control Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
GAMMA Building Control ET G1
Standards-Compliant Components for LV 11
Photovoltaic Plants
Drive Systems
Electrical Components for the Railway Industry LV 12
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11
Digital: TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System LV 14
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
Components for Industrial Control Panels according LV 16
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12
to UL Standards
Medium-Voltage Converters
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 D 15.1
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
Germany Edition Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting LV 50
SINAMICS G180 D 18.1 and System Air-Conditioning
Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3 SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
Cabinet Modules SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module D 23.1
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet D 23.2
Motion Control
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and D 31
SIMOTICS Motors SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B NC 62
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet D 35
pump, fan, compressor converters SINUMERIK 808 NC 81.1
Equipment for Machine Tools
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, D 84.1
SIMOTICS TN SINUMERIK 828 NC 82
• Series H-compact Equipment for Machine Tools
• Series H-compact PLUS SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS PM 21
Equipment for Production Machines
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, D 86.1
Series H-compact Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct Power Supply
DC Motors DA 12 SITOP Power supply KT 10.1
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1
Converters Safety Integrated
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital DA 22
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 PC-based Automation ST PC
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMATIC Ident
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive
system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and
SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Products for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1 System components
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors D 81.8
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7 T
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors D 83.1 Technology components
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 AO
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1 Process Control System
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines SIMATIC NET
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1 Industrial Communication IK PI
FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units MD 30.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10

Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
Digital: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF or E-Book. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial
 © Siemens AG 2015

Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice The information provided in this catalogue contains merely general
Energy Management Article No. E86060-K1856-A101-A3-7600 descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
Low Voltage & Products DR.PN.LP.15.XXKG.95.19 / Dispo 18302
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
Postfach 10 09 53 KG 0615 .5 DPG 202 En respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms
93009 REGENSBURG Printed in Germany of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to
GERMANY © Siemens AG 2015 change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage Token fee: 3.00 €